83_FR_38 83 FR 37 - Use of Spectrum Bands Above 24 GHz for Mobile Radio Services

83 FR 37 - Use of Spectrum Bands Above 24 GHz for Mobile Radio Services

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

Federal Register Volume 83, Issue 1 (January 2, 2018)

Page Range37-65
FR Document2017-27437

In this document, the Federal Communications Commission (Commission or FCC) adopts rules for specific millimeter wave bands above 24 GHz. A Proposed Rule document for the Second Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (Second FNPRM) related to this Second Report and Order is published in this issue of the Federal Register.

Federal Register, Volume 83 Issue 1 (Tuesday, January 2, 2018)
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 1 (Tuesday, January 2, 2018)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 37-65]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2017-27437]


=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

47 CFR Parts 1, 2, 15, 25, 30, and 101

[GN Docket No. 14-177, IB Docket Nos. 15-256 and 97-95, WT Docket No. 
10-112; FCC 17-152]


Use of Spectrum Bands Above 24 GHz for Mobile Radio Services

AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: In this document, the Federal Communications Commission 
(Commission or FCC) adopts rules for specific millimeter wave bands 
above 24 GHz. A Proposed Rule document for the Second Further Notice of 
Proposed Rulemaking (Second FNPRM) related to this Second Report and 
Order is published in this issue of the Federal Register.

DATES: Effective February 1, 2018, except for Sec.  25.136, which 
contain information collection requirements that are not effective 
until approved by the Office of Management and Budget. The Commission 
will publish a document in the Federal Register announcing the 
effective date for the section. Changes to the secondary market 
threshold for millimeter wave spectrum, detailed in SUPPLEMENTARY 
INFORMATION, apply as of January 2, 2018.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: John Schauble of the Wireless 
Telecommunications Bureau, Broadband Division, at (202) 418-0797 or 
John.Schauble@fcc.gov, Michael Ha of the Office of Engineering and 
Technology, Policy and Rules Division, at 202-418-2099 or 
Michael.Ha@fcc.gov, or Jose Albuquerque of the International Bureau, 
Satellite Division, at 202-418-2288 or Jose.Albuquerque@fcc.gov. For 
information regarding the PRA information collection requirements 
contained in this PRA, contact Cathy Williams, Office of Managing 
Director, at (202) 418-2918 or Cathy.Williams@fcc.gov.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a summary of the Commission's Second 
Report and Order (Second R&O), Order on Reconsideration, and Memorandum 
Opinion and Order, GN Docket No. 14-177, FCC 17-152, adopted on 
November 16, 2017 and released on November 22, 2017. The complete text 
of this document is available for public inspection and copying from 8 
a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time (ET) Monday through Thursday or from 8 
a.m. to 11:30 a.m. ET on Fridays in the FCC Reference Information 
Center, 445 12th Street SW, Room CY-A257, Washington, DC 20554. The 
complete text is available on the Commission's website at http://wireless.fcc.gov, or by using the search function on the ECFS web page 
at http://www.fcc.gov/cgb/ecfs/. Alternative formats are available to 
persons with disabilities by sending an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or by 
calling the Consumer & Governmental Affairs

[[Page 38]]

Bureau at (202) 418-0530 (voice), (202) 418-0432 (tty).

Supplemental Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis

    As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended 
(RFA), an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) was 
incorporated in the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) released in 
October 2015 in this proceeding. A Final Regulatory Flexibility 
Analysis (FRFA) was incorporated in the Report and Order and Further 
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (R&O/FNPRM) released in July 2016 in this 
proceeding. The Commission sought written public comment on the 
proposals in NPRM, including comments on the IRFA. No comments were 
filed addressing the IRFA. This present Supplemental Final Regulatory 
Flexibility Analysis (Supplemental FRFA) supplements the FRFA in the 
R&O/FNPRM and conforms to the RFA.

Congressional Review Act

    The Commission will send a copy of this Report and Order in a 
report to be sent to Congress and the Government Accountability Office 
pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (CRA), see 5 U.S.C. 
801(a)(1)(A).

Synopsis

I. Second Report and Order

    1. The Commission will take further actions in this proceeding to 
make available millimeter wave (mmW) spectrum, at or above 24 GHz, for 
fifth-generation (5G) wireless, Internet of Things (IoT), and other 
advanced spectrum-based services. In doing so, the Commission helps 
ensure continued American leadership in wireless broadband, which 
represents a critical component of economic growth, job creation, 
public safety, and global competitiveness.
    2. In particular, the Commission makes available an additional 1700 
megahertz of mmW spectrum for flexible wireless use, in the 24.25-24.45 
and 24.75-25.25 GHz band (24 GHz band) and the 47.2-48.2 GHz band. When 
added to the mmW spectrum already made available for flexible wireless 
use in the 27.5-28.35 GHz (28 GHz), 37-38.6 GHz (37 GHz), 38.6-40 GHz 
(39 GHz band), and 64-71 GHz bands, the Commission has now made 
available approximately 13 gigahertz of mmW spectrum in this 
proceeding, and it will continue to evaluate additional mmW bands in 
this proceeding and in a separate proceeding on bands above 95 GHz.
    3. At the same time, the Commission adopts rules that will allow 
the mmW bands to be shared with a variety of other uses, including 
satellite, fixed, and Federal government uses. Specifically, the 
Commission targets the 40-42 GHz and 48.2-50.2 GHz bands for expansion 
of Fixed Satellite Service (FSS), and it adjusts previously adopted 
earth station requirements in the 28 GHz and 39 GHz bands to permit 
greater satellite flexibility, particularly in rural areas. The 
Commission also preserves the 70 and 80 GHz bands for traditional and 
innovative fixed wireless uses, which it will continue to explore in a 
separate proceeding. In addition, the Commission allows for expanded 
unlicensed use of the 57-71 GHz band on-board aircraft.
    4. In addition, the Commission reconsiders several mmW band service 
rules previously adopted in this proceeding to ensure that it maximize 
flexibility and encourage innovation in the mmW bands. For example, the 
Commission proposes to eliminate the ex ante auction limit on spectrum 
holdings in the 28, 37, and 39 GHz bands, consistent with its decision 
not to adopt an ex ante auction limit for the 24 GHz and 47.2-48.2 GHz 
bands. Further, the Commission concludes that it would serve the public 
interest to rescind the previously adopted cybersecurity reporting 
requirements, and instead to seek input through the Communications 
Security, Reliability, and Interoperability Council (CSRIC) process.
    5. The Commission also affirms a number of the decisions previously 
made in this proceeding to provide certainty so that licensees can 
continue to invest in networks that provide high speed and low latency 
services available to consumers and businesses. The Commission notes 
that major carriers and smaller operators are beginning to develop the 
mmW frequencies' potential for low-cost wireless equivalents of fiber 
to homes and small businesses.
    6. The Commission believes that it is important to move forward as 
quickly as possible to auction the non-Federal, exclusive use mmW 
spectrum made available by this proceeding, to bring the benefits of 
new broadband services to American consumers. The Commission notes that 
the Communications Act requires upfront auction payments to be 
deposited in an interest-bearing account, but no financial institution 
is willing to accommodate the holding of upfront payments for a large 
spectrum auction currently. Accordingly, the Commission is unable to 
hold a large spectrum auction until this is resolved, and it cannot 
commit to a timeframe for a future auction of the mmW frequencies at 
this time.
    7. The Commission's efforts in this proceeding to make mmW spectrum 
for wireless broadband available are part of the its broader initiative 
to make available additional spectrum for wireless broadband across a 
range of frequencies. For example, 65 megahertz of AWS-3 spectrum was 
won at auction in 2015, while 70 megahertz of 600 MHz spectrum was won 
in the recently concluded broadcast television incentive auction. 
Earlier this year, the Commission sought input on potential 
opportunities in spectrum bands between 3.7 GHz and 24 GHz. The 
Commission will continue these efforts to facilitate access to low-
band, mid-band, and high-band spectrum for the benefit of American 
consumers.

II. Background

    8. Recent technological advances have unlocked the potential of mmW 
frequencies to support fixed and mobile wireless services that need 
flexible access to spectrum. While mmW bands feature short transmission 
paths and high propagation losses, those features can be useful in 
developing high-capacity networks because cells can be placed close to 
each other without causing interference to each other. In addition, 
where longer paths are desired, the extremely short wavelengths of mmW 
signals make it feasible for very small antennas to concentrate signals 
into highly focused beams with enough gain to overcome propagation 
losses. The short wavelengths of mmW signals also make it possible to 
build multi-element, dynamic beam-forming antennas that will be small 
enough to fit into handsets--a feat that might not be possible at the 
lower, longer, wavelength frequencies below 6 GHz where cell phones 
operate.
    9. On July 14, 2016, the Commission adopted and released the Report 
and Order (R&O) and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (FNPRM) in 
this proceeding. See 81 FR 58270. The R&O made mmW spectrum available 
through both licensed and unlicensed mechanisms. The Commission created 
a new Upper Microwave Flexible Use Service (UMFUS), which authorized 
both fixed and mobile operations in the 28 GHz and 39 GHz bands using 
geographic area licensing. In the 28 GHz band, the Commission adopted 
county-sized geographic area licenses. In the 39 GHz band, it adopted 
Partial Economic Area (PEA) licenses. The Commission also adopted 
geographic area licensing using PEAs for the 37.6-38.6 GHz band.

[[Page 39]]

In the 37-37.6 GHz band, it established coordinated co-primary shared 
access between Federal and non-Federal users. The Commission also 
protected a limited number of Federal military sites across the full 37 
GHz band and maintained the existing Federal fixed and mobile 
allocations throughout the band. In the 64-71 GHz band, the Commission 
authorized unlicensed operations under part 15 based on the rules for 
the adjacent 57-64 GHz band. This action provided more spectrum for 
unlicensed uses such as Wi-Fi-like ``WiGig'' operations and short-range 
devices for interactive motion sensing.
    10. In the R&O, the Commission also established licensing and 
operating rules for the UMFUS. It granted mobile operating rights to 
existing Local Multipoint Distribution Service (LMDS) and 39 GHz band 
licensees, while subdividing their existing licenses to either the 
county or PEA level. The Commission revised the 39 GHz band plan to 
provide licensees with wider blocks of contiguous spectrum, and 
established a mechanism for existing licensees to transition to the new 
band plan. It adopted service and technical rules designed to 
facilitate full and complete use of the bands, including an operability 
requirement for equipment. It adopted spectrum holdings policies for 
the 28 GHz, 37 GHz, and 39 GHz bands that apply to licenses acquired 
through auctions and the secondary market. The Commission also adopted 
performance requirements for mobile, point-to-multipoint, and fixed 
uses. The Commission adopted a requirement that UMFUS licensees submit 
a statement describing their security plans and related information 
prior to commencing operations. Finally, it deleted the broadcasting 
and broadcasting-satellite service allocations from the 42-42.5 GHz 
band (42 GHz band) and declined to allocate the band to the FSS (space-
to-Earth).
    11. The FNPRM sought comment on authorizing fixed and mobile use of 
the following bands: 24.25-24.45 GHz together with 24.75-25.25 GHz (24 
GHz band), 31.8-33 GHz (32 GHz band), 42-42.5 GHz (42 GHz band), the 
47.2-50.2 GHz (47 GHz band), 50.4-52.6 GHz (50 GHz band), and the 71-76 
GHz band together with the 81-86 GHz bands (70/80 GHz bands). The 
Commission also sought comment on use of bands above 95 GHz. The 
Commission notes that it is seeking further comment on bands above 95 
GHz in a separate Further Notice. It sought comment on the details of 
the sharing framework adopted for the 37-37.6 GHz band, both among non-
Federal operators and with the Federal government. It also sought 
comment on circumstances under which Federal government users could 
gain coordinated access to spectrum in the 37.6-38.6 GHz band (in 
addition to the protected sites) in the future.
    12. The FNPRM also sought comment on possible changes to the 
licensing and technical rules. The Commission sought comment on 
establishing performance requirements for innovative uses associated 
with the IoT such as machine-to-machine communications, healthcare 
devices, autonomous driving cars, and home and office automation. It 
also sought comment on adding a use-or-share obligation to its 
performance requirements. It asked questions about supplementing the 
spectrum holdings policies adopted in the R&O, and on applying spectrum 
holdings policies as new ``frontier'' spectrum bands become available. 
The Commission also sought comment on whether it would be possible for 
satellites in the 37.5-40 GHz band to radiate a higher power flux 
density (PFD) without harming terrestrial operations and to allow user 
terminals to receive transmissions in the band. The FNPRM also included 
questions about the feasibility and desirability of a digital station 
identification requirement for UMFUS licensees. Comment was also sought 
on various refinements to the UMFUS technical rules, including (1) 
whether antenna height limits are necessary, (2) how to apply power 
limits to bandwidths less than 100 megahertz, (3) whether to modify the 
coordination criteria for fixed point-to-point operations at market 
borders, and (4) the state of development of mmW band propagation 
models. Finally, the Commission asked whether it was possible to allow 
part 15 operation on-board aircraft in the 57-71 GHz band.
    13. Petitions for reconsideration of the R&O were due on December 
14, 2016. The Commission received thirteen petitions for 
reconsideration.
    14. Comments on the FNPRM were due September 30, 2016, and reply 
comments were due October 31, 2016. The Commission received 57 comments 
and 38 reply comments. The Commission received many comments expressing 
concerns about radiofrequency (RF) electromagnetic field exposure and 
health in GN Docket No. 14-177. The Commission declines to consider the 
merits of these comments here for three reasons. First, the Commission 
already decided in the Report and Order that consideration of 
alternative exposure limits is beyond the scope of this proceeding, and 
no party sought reconsideration of that determination. See 81 FR 79894. 
Second, the comments do not otherwise address the other technical 
issues that are properly the subject of this decision (e.g., those 
raised in the FNPRM). Third, the Commission has an ongoing review of 
the Commission basic exposure limits and RF and health issues in ET 
Docket No. 13-84. See Reassessment of Federal Communications Commission 
Radiofrequency Exposure Limits and Policies, Notice of Inquiry, ET 
Docket No. 13-84, 28 FCC Rcd 3498, 3570 (2013). The Commission has 
therefore added those comments to ET Docket No. 13-84, and those 
comments will be considered part of the record in that proceeding.

A. Additional Bands

    15. The Commission will not act on the 32 GHz, 42 GHz, or 50 GHz 
bands at this time. The Commission also will not act on petitions for 
reconsideration or issues raised in the FNPRM relating specifically to 
the 37-38.6 GHz band (37 GHz band) or the operability requirement 
adopted by the Commission. The record on these bands and issues remains 
open, and the Commission will act on those bands and issues in a future 
phase of this proceeding.
1. 24 GHz Bands (24.25-24.45 GHz and 24.75-25.25 GHz)
    16. In view of the extensive support in the record, and the 
Commission's analysis, the Commission finds 24 GHz suitable for mobile 
and flexible use, and therefore add the proposed mobile and fixed 
allocations. As explained in further detail below, the Commission finds 
that issuing flexible use licenses that authorize both fixed and mobile 
use will address its prior concerns about compatibility between fixed 
and mobile use. The Commission also concludes, as discussed below, that 
mobile and Broadcasting Satellite Service (BSS) feeder links can 
coexist. The Commission also notes that these frequencies are part of 
the bands being studied internationally for mobile use. After these 
changes, 24.25-24.45 GHz will be allocated for non-Federal Fixed and 
Mobile services on a co-primary basis, and 24.75-25.25 GHz will be 
allocated for non-Federal Fixed, Mobile, and FSS on a co-primary basis, 
subject to the existing footnote. CORF and Echodyne do not generally 
oppose mobile use in the specific frequencies the Commission acts on. 
Nevertheless, acknowledging specific CORF concerns, the Commission 
notes that ongoing international studies include analyses to determine 
IMT-2020 out-of-band (OOB) emission limits necessary to protect passive 
sensors onboard weather satellites in the 23.6-24.0 GHz band.

[[Page 40]]

The Commission recognizes the need to protect these passive satellite 
operations that provide important data necessary for weather 
predictions and warnings. Once the international studies have been 
completed, interested parties may propose revisions to the Commission's 
rules as necessary for protection of weather satellites operating in 
the 23.6-24.0 GHz band. The Commission also rejects CCA's suggestion 
that it holds back new bands until further mmW development has 
occurred. The Commission's priority is making spectrum available 
quickly so that it can be utilized by potential users, technology 
developers, and innovators. Given the present demand for both mobile 
and mmW spectrum, the Commission sees no reason to artificially delay 
this process.
a. Licensing the 24 GHz Band--Use of Geographic Area Licensing
    17. The Commission adopts the proposal in the FNPRM to implement 
geographic area licensing throughout the 24 GHz band, by adding both 
the upper and lower segments to UMFUS. Geographic area licensing will 
provide licensees with the flexibility to provide a variety of 
services, will expedite deployment, and will be consistent with the 
existing licensing scheme in previously-adopted mmW bands. In addition, 
adding the 24 GHz band to UMFUS will speed development and deployment 
by harmonizing the Commission's requirements with the nearby 28 GHz 
band. As part of UMFUS, the 24 GHz band will be subject to the rules 
established for UMFUS both here and in the R&O regarding construction 
requirements, geographic partitioning and spectrum disaggregation, 
discontinuance of service, and license term.
    18. The Commission will adopt PEAs as the license area size for 
UMFUS licenses in the 24 GHz band. The Commission's goal is to 
harmonize the regulatory environment of the various mmW bands as much 
as possible, in order to encourage and streamline development of 
equipment and deployment of services in these bands. Using PEAs as the 
license area is consistent with the Commission's existing rules for the 
39 GHz band. In contrast, in the 28 GHz band, there were special 
circumstances involving incumbent licenses that supported the use of 
counties. In addition, PEAs provide a balance between the larger areas 
that might encourage more investment, and the smaller areas that more 
efficiently accommodate mmW propagation characteristics. To the extent 
licensees are interested in smaller areas, partitioning is an available 
option.
    19. The Commission declines to adopt a part 96-style or SAS-based 
framework for the band. Unlike the 3.5 GHz band, with its complex 
incumbent coordination considerations, this band does not require the 
functionality of a SAS to enable or enhance meaningful spectrum use. 
There is also a benefit to harmonizing the regulatory environment of 
nearby bands as much as possible. Adopting the same licensing scheme in 
24 GHz as the Commission previously implemented in 28 GHz would 
facilitate deployment by making it easier to incorporate spectrum from 
both bands into the same network. In short, implementing a SAS-based 
system in the 24 GHz band presents clear challenges and is of 
questionable benefit, and the Commission therefore declines to do so.
    20. Similarly, the Commission declines to adopt the proposals of 
Microsoft to authorize unlicensed use in 24 GHz. The 24 GHz band is 
near other licensed bands, and the band is being studied 
internationally for mobile use. Changing to unlicensed use could delay 
development and deployment significantly. In addition, the Commission 
has already made a further seven gigahertz of spectrum available for 
use by unlicensed devices in the 64-71 GHz band, and it is not 
convinced that additional unlicensed spectrum is needed in the mmW 
bands at this time.
b. Band Plan
    21. The Commission will license the 24 GHz band as 100 megahertz 
channels. The lower segment (24.25-24.45 GHz) will be licensed as two 
100 megahertz channels, and the upper segment (24.75-25.25) will be 
licensed as five 100 megahertz channels. The Commission notes in 
response to Cambridge Broadband that this arrangement will not 
foreclose FDD use of this band.
    22. This band plan allows for standardized channels across the 
band, at a size consistent with developing industry standards. This 
arrangement will maximize efficiency of spectrum use, especially in the 
upper segment. It also offers an alternative to the 200 megahertz and 
425 megahertz channel widths offered elsewhere in the UMFUS bands. This 
variety of channel sizes will help to facilitate a variety of uses in 
the UMFUS bands, consistent with the Commission's intent to support 
various innovative services. The Commission notes that the 100-
megahertz channel size will still allow licensees to aggregate to 
larger channels if they prefer 200 megahertz blocks.
c. Satellite Sharing in the Upper Segment of the 24 GHz Band
    23. The Commission declines to make any changes to the current 
rules for earth station siting at this time. The record on these points 
is not sufficiently developed or cohesive to indicate the best 
approach. Instead, the Commission seeks further comment on this issue 
in the FNPRM, published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal 
Register, in connection with a proposal to allow wider FSS use of the 
band for earth stations.
    24. In the interim, satellite operators may continue to apply for 
and deploy any earth station facilities consistent with the 
Commission's current rules. This means that new BSS feeder link earth 
stations may be authorized across the entire upper segment (24.75-25.25 
GHz), while non-BSS FSS earth stations may be authorized in the 24.75-
25.05 GHz portion. All earth stations either authorized or for which 
applications have been filed as of the release date of this Second R&O 
will be grandfathered into the eventual sharing regime on a co-primary 
basis. Earth stations whose applications are filed after release of 
this Order may be processed subject to compliance with any rules the 
Commission adopts as a result of the proposals in the Second FNPRM. It 
is the Commission's intention to finalize sharing rules prior to any 
auction of terrestrial licenses in this band.
d. Mobile Rights for Incumbents
    25. The Commission will convert existing licenses in the 24 GHz 
band to UMFUS. This is consistent with the Commission's treatment of 
incumbents in the 28 GHz and 39 GHz bands, and will allow already-
licensed spectrum to be developed for mobile or flexible use as soon as 
possible.
    26. Converting existing licenses to UMFUS will also subject 
incumbent licensees to the performance requirements applicable to part 
30. Consistent with the treatment of 28 GHz and 39 GHz licensees, the 
Commission will apply the part 30 buildout requirements at the next 
license renewal, but allow incumbents with renewals in the near future 
additional time to meet those standards. Specifically, licensees whose 
license terms end between the date of publication of this order in the 
Federal Register, and June 1, 2024, will have until that later date to 
demonstrate fulfillment of the part 30 buildout requirements. This 
approach will allow current licensees to focus on growing and 
transitioning their networks in line with new and developing industry

[[Page 41]]

standards, which will support earlier and more robust deployment of 
next-generation services in these bands.
2. 47.2-48.2 GHz Band
    27. In the FNPRM, the Commission proposed to authorize fixed and 
mobile operations in the entire 47 GHz band under the part 30 UMFUS 
rules. The 47 GHz band potentially offers 3 gigahertz of spectrum and 
is being studied internationally for possible mobile use. As discussed 
below, the Commission is not establishing terrestrial service rules in 
the 48.2-50.2 GHz band, and that band will be discussed below in the 
MO&O.
a. Suitability for Mobile Service
    28. The Commission will establish UMFUS service rules in the 47.2-
48.2 GHz band, as discussed below, and the Commission will issue UMFUS 
licenses in that band with both fixed and mobile rights. The Commission 
will address the 48.2-50.2 GHz band below in the MO&O. The 47.2-48.2 
GHz band has existing fixed and mobile allocations, and there are no 
Federal allocations in this band. The Commission also believes that the 
significant amount of bandwidth available in this band will help to 
accommodate the expected continued increase in demand for mobile data. 
Commenters, including incumbent terrestrial licensees and the Satellite 
Broadband Operators in their joint ex parte, support mobile operations 
in the 47.2-48.2 GHz band. The Commission acknowledges Microsoft's 
concern about sharing between mobile operations and HAPS stations, but 
since there is no HAPS designation for this band in the domestic Table 
of Allocations, the Commission sees no reason to delay issuing UMFUS 
rules for this band. The Commission will continue to monitor ITU 
developments concerning HAPS.
b. Licensing the 47.2-48.2 GHz Band
    29. The Commission will license the 47.2-48.2 GHz band using 
geographic area licensing using PEAs, because it finds that use of this 
license mechanism will facilitate access to spectrum and rapid 
deployment of service in the band. Given that this band does not 
involve sharing among multiple classes of primary users, the Commission 
concludes that it is not necessary to develop the functionality of an 
SAS for this band.'' Given the record, now is the appropriate time to 
move forward with making an additional one gigahertz of spectrum 
available, allowing CCA members and others to accommodate a wide 
variety of innovative use cases for the 47.2-48.2 GHz band. As Samsung 
suggests, licensing the 47.2-48.2 GHz spectrum using geographic area 
licensing with PEAs is consistent with license areas for the 39 GHz 
band and the upper segment in the 37 GHz band. Licensing the 47.2-48.2 
GHz band on a PEA basis strikes an appropriate balance between 
facilitating access to spectrum by both large and small providers and 
simplifying frequency coordination, while incentivizing investment in, 
and rapid deployment of, new technologies. The Commission believes PEAs 
are more appropriate than larger geographic areas because of the 
limited propagation range of this band. Geographic area licensing will 
provide users with flexible, exclusive use licenses.
c. Non-Federal Satellite Terrestrial Sharing--Licensing of Gateway 
Earth Stations
    30. The record demonstrates that individually licensed earth 
stations in the 47.2-48.2 GHz band can share the band with minimal 
impact on terrestrial operations. The Commission notes that there are 
similarities between the 28 GHz band and the 47.2-48.2 GHz band, both 
of which will be used for Earth-to-space transmissions. Therefore, the 
Commission finds that it is in the public interest to add the 47.2-48.2 
GHz band to Sec.  25.136(d) of the Commission's rules, which allows for 
sharing between terrestrial operations and FSS earth stations in uplink 
bands. Under that rule a limited number (three in each county, up to a 
maximum of 15 in each PEA) of FSS earth stations will be permitted to 
deploy under similar conditions as in the 28 GHz band without having to 
protect UMFUS stations. The Commission is also adopting a U.S. Table of 
Allocations footnote specifying the relative interference protection 
obligations of FSS and UMFUS stations in this band.
    31. The Commission declines to provide any mechanism for satellite 
user equipment in this band. Boeing has not provided any engineering 
studies to support its claim that it needs access to the full 47 GHz 
band for user equipment. In contrast, most other satellite operators 
believe that use of 47.2-48.2 GHz by individually licensed earth 
stations would be sufficient. As noted below, the Commission is not 
adopting UMFUS rules for 48.2-50.2 GHz, so satellite user devices will 
have 2 by 2 gigahertz of spectrum available for satellite end user 
devices.
    32. In addition, the Commission recognizes that concerns regarding 
aggregate interference to satellite receivers from UMFUS operations in 
the 28 GHz band also could apply in the context of the 47 GHz band, 
which similarly is an uplink band for satellites. Consistent with the 
long-term designation of the 47 GHz band for terrestrial use, the 
Commission intends that this band will remain predominantly a 
terrestrial band. UMFUS licensees will be permitted to operate in 
conformance with the technical rules contained in 47 CFR part 30, and 
FSS licensees should expect to have to coexist with these operations. 
Unlike the 28 GHz band, where there are currently operational 
satellites, satellites receiving in the 47 GHz band are either 
currently being designed or still to be designed. As in the context of 
the 28 GHz band, the Commission encourages both industries to continue 
working cooperatively on coexistence in this band. Parties should 
submit any relevant data demonstrating changes in the amount of 
aggregate interference as UMFUS services are deployed in the docket the 
International Bureau, the Office of Engineering and Technology, and the 
Wireless Telecommunications Bureau have jointly established regarding 
aggregate interference in the 28 GHz band.
d. Band Plan
    33. The Commission will license the 47.2-48.2 GHz band as five 200 
megahertz blocks. The Commission believes that 200 megahertz channels 
will be sufficient for a licensee to provide the type of high rate data 
services and other innovative uses and applications contemplated for 
this spectrum. Several carriers support dividing the band into multiple 
blocks. Since the Commission is making one gigahertz available at this 
time, establishing five 200 megahertz channels represents a reasonable 
balance of channel size and number of channels. To the extent that 
licensees are interested in having a contiguous block of one gigahertz 
of spectrum, they are free to acquire all five licenses, subject to 
compliance with the Commission's spectrum aggregation policies.

B. Performance Requirements--Additional Metrics

    34. The Commission declines to adopt usage-based metrics at this 
time. The Commission agrees with commenters that it is premature to 
predict the uses of innovative, IoT-type services with sufficient 
specificity to calculate a meaningful usage-based metric. Though IoT-
type services nonetheless are required to meet the UMFUS buildout 
rules, the Commission acknowledges that some IoT-type services may have 
difficulty meeting the population-based metrics that the Commission 
adopted

[[Page 42]]

for fixed and mobile services. In that regard, in the Second FNPRM, 
published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register, the 
Commission proposes a more traditional, geographic area coverage metric 
for fixed and mobile services that is intended to provide a more viable 
option for IoT-type services to demonstrate performance, without the 
complications of predicting usage.
    35. In addition, the Commission recognizes the possibility that, 
rather than facing challenges in meeting the buildout metrics for fixed 
and mobile services, certain IoT-type services may be able to avoid 
meaningful buildout by taking advantage of a potential loophole in the 
buildout rules for mmW services. In order to allow licensees as much 
flexibility as possible to design and construct their networks, these 
rules have not placed any limits on what types of licensees or services 
must use which performance metric. However, in the case of IoT-type 
services, including networks of sensors and ``smart'' devices, a 
licensee using the buildout metric for fixed services could fulfill the 
performance requirements for an entire multi-county license area (in 39 
GHz) with a deployment spanning a single building, by counting each 
connection between the sensors as a fixed point-to-point link. For 
example, suppose a licensee wants to equip an office building with 
environmental sensors to increase the efficiency of its HVAC system. A 
building with ten floors, and one sensor on each corner of each floor, 
would have forty sensors. If each sensor were connected to its four 
neighbors (those in adjacent corners, and in the same corner on 
adjacent floors) over UMFUS spectrum, this sensor network would have 
152 connections (32*4 + 8*3; the sensors on the first and tenth floor 
would have only 3 connections each). Under the performance metric, the 
Commission adopted for fixed point-to-point services, which requires 
one link per 67,000 population, this sensor network would fulfill 
buildout requirements for a license area of up to 10.1 million people. 
According to 2010 Census data, that limit encompasses every county, and 
thus every 28 GHz license area, in the United States. The Commission 
does not believe this result is consistent with its obligation to 
prevent spectrum warehousing.
    36. To address this issue, the Commission modifies its existing 
part 30 rules to adopt a specific definition of ``fixed point-to-point 
link,'' which includes the use of point-to-point stations as already 
defined in part 30 and is based on power level. This definition is 
intended to separate ``traditional'' point-to-point links from the 
sensor and device connections. The Commission anticipates will be part 
of new IoT networks in these bands. This definition would not apply to 
a network of fixed sensors or smart devices operating at low power over 
short distances.
    37. Traditional point-to-point links use relatively high power, 
while the details that currently exist for IoT services indicate that 
most sensor or smart device networks will use very low power and are 
not likely to incorporate highly directional antennas due to size and 
cost constraints. The Commission therefore believes that power level is 
an appropriate metric to distinguish between traditional fixed links 
and IoT deployments. To the extent that any sensor networks do use 
higher power, it is likely that they will be connecting over longer 
distances, and therefore resemble a more traditional fixed network in 
terms of magnitude of deployment and scope of service provided.
    38. Specifically, the Commission defines a ``fixed point-to-point 
link'' as ``a radio transmission between point-to-point stations (as 
already defined in part 30), where the transmit power exceeds +43 
dBm.'' This power limit is the limit the Commission previously adopted 
for mobile handsets transmitting in UMFUS bands. The maximum power 
(average Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) allowed for fixed 
point-to-point stations in UMFUS bands under the Commission's current 
rules is +55 dBW, which is equivalent to +85 dBm. Under this 
definition, stations or devices transmitting using lower power levels 
will not count towards the number of fixed links required under that 
performance metric. Licensees whose networks include such low-power 
connections must either rely on another part of their network to 
demonstrate buildout (e.g., mobile area coverage or higher-power fixed 
backhaul links), or offer detailed responses to the Commission's 
proposal in the Second FNPRM, published elsewhere in this issue of the 
Federal Register, to work out a more suitable alternative.
    39. Performance requirements for point-to-point services have 
always been calculated assuming that point to point links consist of 
communications between specified points using highly directional 
antennas and relatively high power; this definition merely makes that 
assumption explicit. This explicit statement is necessary in light of 
new technological developments, in order to prevent unintended 
consequences and gamesmanship of the Commission's rules. The Commission 
reminds commenters that it continues to explore new metrics that will 
accommodate innovative services in UMFUS bands, including a proposal in 
the Second FNPRM.

C. Mobile Spectrum Holdings Policies

    40. The Commission finds that it is unnecessary to set pre-auction 
limits on the amount of spectrum an entity may acquire at auction in 
the bands proposed for flexible terrestrial wireless use in the FNPRM. 
The Commission also concludes that the bands that it makes available 
for flexible terrestrial wireless use in this Second R&O--the 24 GHz 
and 47 GHz bands--should be newly included as part of the total mmW 
spectrum threshold for reviewing proposed secondary market 
transactions. In the Second FNPRM, the Commission proposes to eliminate 
the pre-auction limits on the amount of spectrum in the 28 GHz, 37 GHz 
and 39 GHz bands that an entity may acquire at auction. In addition, 
the Commission seeks comment on whether there is a need to review mmW 
band holdings (24 GHz, 28 GHz, 37 GHz, 39 GHz, and 47 GHz) on a case-
by-case basis when applications for initial licenses are filed post-
auction to ensure that, while providing flexibility to bidders and 
assigning licenses to those who value them the most, the public 
interest benefits of having a threshold on mmW spectrum applicable to 
secondary market transactions are not rendered ineffective. The 
Commission takes an incremental approach in relieving only certain 
restrictions in connection with acquisition of spectrum at auction at 
this time. This accounts for the fact that spectrum in additional bands 
(24 GHz and 47 GHz) will become available as a result of the decisions 
in this Second R&O and for the possibility that spectrum subject to new 
uses on the secondary market is available, or may become available, 
from existing spectrum holders in the mmW bands. The Commission wishes 
to encourage such new uses, if they are in the public interest, as 
quickly as possible, including in advance of the Commission's 
resolution of issues in the Second FNPRM and any future auction making 
more spectrum available in the mmW bands, respectively.
    41. The Commission declines to adopt a pre-auction limit, as 
proposed in the FNPRM and suggested by certain commenters, on the 
amount of 24 GHz and 47 GHz band spectrum that an entity can acquire 
through competitive bidding in an auction. Generally, bright-line, pre-
auction limits may restrict unnecessarily the ability of entities to 
participate in and acquire spectrum in

[[Page 43]]

an auction, and the Commission is not inclined to adopt such limits on 
auction participation absent a clear indication that they are necessary 
to address a specific competitive concern. In the case of the mmW 
bands, the Commission is not persuaded by commenters' generalized 
assertions that a bright-line, pre-auction limit in these bands is 
necessary to protect competition in the provision of wireless services. 
First, the Commission notes that the 24 GHz and 47 GHz bands that it 
makes available in this Second R&O will add 1700 megahertz to the 3250 
megahertz of mmW spectrum made available in the R&O, for a total of 
4950 megahertz of mmW spectrum for flexible terrestrial wireless use. 
Furthermore, the spectrum in these new bands, as well as the 3250 
megahertz of spectrum previously made available, will be licensed in 
multiple blocks of different sizes and geographic areas, providing many 
spectrum opportunities for various types of auction bidders. In 
addition, as indicated in the record, development of the 24 GHz and 47 
GHz bands and the mmW bands overall is still in the early stages, with 
a myriad of potential use cases that may require varying amounts of 
bandwidth for providers to offer consumers innovative services. Under 
these circumstances, the Commission finds that establishing pre-auction 
limits for the 24 GHz and 47 GHz bands would not serve the public 
interest.
    42. Although the Commission declines to adopt a pre-auction limit 
for the 24 GHz and 47 GHz bands, it concludes that it is in the public 
interest to include these two bands as part of the previously-adopted 
mmW spectrum threshold for reviewing proposed secondary market 
transactions. This pre-auction limit may unnecessarily restrict 
competition at auction by automatically precluding a provider from 
acquiring spectrum. This secondary market mmW spectrum threshold, in 
contrast to a pre-auction limit, does not establish a bright line that 
would prohibit a provider from acquiring spectrum. Rather, the mmW 
spectrum threshold for secondary markets review merely identifies those 
markets that may warrant further competitive analysis, similar to the 
Commission's spectrum screen for review of secondary market 
transactions involving other lower frequency spectrum bands. Given that 
the 24 GHz and 47 GHz bands share similar technical characteristics and 
potential uses with the 28 GHz, 37 GHz, and 39 GHz bands already 
included in the mmW spectrum threshold, the Commission will group all 
five bands together for purposes of applying the mmW spectrum threshold 
to review secondary market transactions. Taking into consideration the 
additional 1700 megahertz of mmW spectrum that the Commission is making 
available in the 24 GHz and 47 GHz bands, it adds 600 megahertz, or 
approximately one-third of this additional spectrum, to the 1250 
megahertz mmW spectrum threshold, for a combined threshold of 1850 
megahertz for proposed secondary market transactions. As noted, the 
Commission has adopted previous changes in this area through a variety 
of mechanisms, including rulemaking and orders approving transactions. 
Policies Regarding Mobile Spectrum Holdings Expanding the Econ. & 
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, Report 
and Order, 29 FCC Rcd 6133, 6135, para. 4 (2014); Sprintcom, Inc., 
Shenandoah Personal Communications, LLC & Ntelos Holding Corp., 
Memorandum Opinion and Order, 31 FCC Rcd 3631, 3637-38, para. 15 (WT/IB 
2016); Applications of AT&T Mobility Spectrum LLC, New Cingular 
Wireless Pcs, LLC, Comcast Corp., Horizon Wi-Com, LLC, Nextwave 
Wireless, Inc., & San Diego Gas & Elec. Co. for Consent to Assign & 
Transfer Licenses, Memorandum Opinion and Order, 27 FCC Rcd 16459, 
16470-71, para. 31 (2012). To the extent necessary, we clarify that the 
Commission retains the discretion to do so in the future (including as 
we authorize service in additional mmW bands). For purposes of this 
proceeding, we provide that this specific change will apply as of 
publication in the Federal Register.

D. Part 15 Operation On-Board Aircraft in the 57-71 GHz Band

    43. The Commission is adopting rules to allow unlicensed operation 
on-board most aircraft in the 57-71 GHz band under part 15 of its 
rules. The Commission's decision opens this band for unlicensed use on-
board aircraft and would allow up to six (6) non-overlapping WiGig 
channels of 2160 megahertz each. The Commission finds that allowing 60 
GHz unlicensed transmitters to operate in all flight phases of aircraft 
operation in the 57-71 GHz spectrum, with the limitations described 
herein, will not cause harmful interference to other authorized radio 
services, including Earth Exploration Satellite Service (EESS) and the 
radio astronomy service (RAS), while facilitating expanded access to 
broadband services in flight.
    44. The Commission is modifying its part 15 rules to allow 
unlicensed operation on-board most aircraft during flight in the 57-71 
GHz band. The Commission finds that allowing unlicensed use of this 
spectrum on-board aircraft while airborne, with certain limitations, 
will facilitate air travelers' expanded access to broadband/internet 
services during flight and provide an opportunity to reduce aircraft 
weight from connecting wires, all without causing harmful interference 
to authorized radio services, as the Commission elaborates further 
below.
    45. In the R&O in this proceeding, the Commission determined that 
the record did not reflect a clear perspective of the types of 
unlicensed applications envisioned on-board aircraft that would provide 
an adequate assessment of their harmful interference profile. Thus, in 
the FNPRM in this proceeding, the Commission set out to request further 
information and analyses with respect to the various types of 
unlicensed applications envisioned on-board aircraft, the priority/
order of their planned introduction, as well as their associated 
potential harmful interference profile with respect to passive sensor 
services. The use cases outlined in the AVSI Study suggest that planned 
WiGig systems use access point stations affixed to the interior ceiling 
in commercial passenger transport aircraft to deliver internet/
entertainment products wirelessly to travelers' laptops/tablets, or to 
in-seat display monitors on the aircraft. The Commission is also aware 
that wireless avionic intra-communications (WAIC) applications (as 
studied by the ITU in lower frequency bands) would be highly useful in 
providing wireless back-up connections for primary wired connections 
between various electrical systems of the aircraft, to lighten the 
aircraft's total weight. WAIC systems provide radio communications 
between two or more stations on a single aircraft and constitute 
exclusive closed on-board networks required for the operation of an 
aircraft. The Commission is therefore adopting unlicensed technical 
rules herein with these two types of applications, broadband internet/
entertainment access in closed networks on-board aircraft, and certain 
WAIC applications, in mind.
    46. As the Commission observed in the R&O, the existing ITU studies 
on wireless avionics applications only cover frequency bands lower than 
the 60 GHz band. However, the Commission expects that the propagation 
characteristics of radio waves in the 57-71 GHz band would result in 
even greater attenuation than was documented in these ITU studies of 
lower frequency bands. The Commission notes that extensive

[[Page 44]]

simulations and actual measurement data presented in the AVSI Study 
confirm that typical aircraft effective fuselage attenuation is 40 dB 
in the 57-71 GHz frequency range, which is in line with the ITU 
findings of up to 45 dB aircraft fuselage attenuation at other 
frequencies.
    47. The Commission finds that use of the 57-71 GHz spectrum on-
board aircraft would not cause harmful interference to authorized 
services for several reasons. First, signals at these frequencies have 
high propagation losses and are easily blocked by obstacles, including 
seats, bulkheads and human bodies on the aircraft. Second, the aircraft 
fuselage provides significant attenuation of signals, as supported by 
the ITU studies and the AVSI Study, discussed above. Third, although 
unshielded aircraft windows provide significantly less attenuation than 
the aircraft fuselage, the risk of these beams being misdirected out of 
a window is minimal because 60 GHz transmitters use directional antenna 
beams to deliver the signals to the intended receivers inside the 
airplane. The Commission observes that the AVSI Study data indicate 
that the average effective aircraft attenuation (including 
transmissions through windows and inside aircraft cabin at multiple 
antenna steering angles) is on the order of 40 dB and is by and large 
independent of antenna location and antenna type used by either access 
point stations or mobile devices inside the aircraft. The Commission 
further finds that because the aircraft fuselage attenuation plays an 
important role in the link budget for the prevention of harmful 
interference caused by 60 GHz signals on-board aircraft to EESS (as 
computer-modeled and measured on commercial passenger transport 
aircraft by the AVSI Study; and as assessed by the ITU-R studies), the 
Commission will exclude use of 60 GHz unlicensed transmitters on-board 
aircraft where there is little attenuation of RF signals by the body/
fuselage of the aircraft. These aircraft include, for example, toy/
model aircraft, unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV) such as drones, small/
light crop-spraying aircraft and aerostats.
    48. With respect to WAIC applications, CORF strongly urges the 
Commission to prohibit this type of operation in the band to protect 
vital weather forecasting data collection. The Commission finds that 
the combination of high fuselage attenuation in commercial passenger 
transport aircraft and free-space propagation loss along with the 
directionality of the WiGig antenna beams inside the aircraft cabin 
will prevent harmful interference to passive sensor services. However, 
the Commission notes that WAIC applications could encompass external 
structural sensors or external cameras mounted on the outside of the 
aircraft structure to monitor the different phases of aircraft 
operation. These externally located transmitters may generate RF 
signals that would not be attenuated by the fuselage while the aircraft 
is in flight; thus, 60 GHz signals have the potential to escape into 
the air at various altitudes of flight and may present a potential for 
harmful interference to passive sensors. The Commission is therefore 
addressing CORF's concern by prohibiting operation of 60 GHz 
transmitters in WAIC applications on the outside of the aircraft body/
fuselage while airborne, to ensure that passive services continue to be 
protected.
    49. On the other hand, the Commission denies CORF's recommendations 
that any aeronautical use of the 57-71 GHz bands must require strict 
OOB emission limits at the harmonic frequencies (which fall into 
passive service spectrum such as RAS) and should be considered in the 
aggregate within the airplane, as well as aggregated over multiple 
planes within the beam and side lobes of the passive service telescope. 
The Commission notes that the AVSI Study generally addressed CORF's 
concerns by analyzing via dynamic simulation the effects of OOB and 
spurious emissions of on-board aircraft WiGig devices on passive 
services, both in a single aircraft with aggregate multiple equipment 
factor and worst-case emission levels; and in multiple aircraft in the 
aggregate during worst-case peak air traffic; the results demonstrated 
that passive services continue to be protected by a significant margin. 
This study suitably supplements the Wi-Fi Alliance Industry 
Interference Report (Wi-Fi Alliance Report) previously submitted in the 
record of this proceeding, in which it found comparable results while 
assuming a more conservative aircraft attenuation of 25 dB, instead of 
40 dB.
    50. The Commission finds that the existing spurious emission limits 
in Sec.  15.255(c) of the rules are sufficient to protect passive 
services. Section 15.255(c) already restricts spurious emissions to a 
very low power density limit of 90 pW/cm\2\ at a distance of 3 meters 
for frequencies between 40 GHz and 200 GHz, and to the general limit 
for intentional radiators in Sec.  15.209 for frequencies below 40 GHz. 
The Commission determines that RF signals in this spectrum suffer from 
severe propagation losses, and are blocked easily by obstacles inside 
the aircraft, as well as heavily attenuated by the aircraft fuselage; 
therefore, 60 GHz operation on-board aircraft would not increase the 
potential for harmful interference to passive services, when compared 
to 60 GHz operation on the ground, indoors or outdoors. The Commission 
also determines that spurious and harmonic emissions generally roll off 
(i.e., reduce in amplitude) the further they are in frequency from the 
fundamental emission; therefore, if fundamental emissions are severely 
attenuated, harmonics would be affected proportionally; thus, the 
Commission finds that unlicensed operations in the 57-71 GHz spectrum 
would not adversely affect passive services operating in frequency 
bands that contain the harmonics of this spectrum. The Commission 
further finds that, depending on their angle of escape out of the 
aircraft fuselage, the probability of any of these stray harmonic 
emissions finding their way into the main beam/side lobes of the victim 
telescope is virtually non-existent. The AVSI Study results generally 
confirm the Commission's assessments by its dynamic simulations 
supported by corroborating measurements, as discussed above. The 
Commission therefore denies CORF's request for rule changes with 
respect to specific conditions on spurious emissions limits.
    51. Based on the above, the Commission finds that, absent any 
record evidence to the contrary, it is the Commission's predictive 
judgment that 60 GHz transmitters operating on-board an aircraft in the 
57-71 GHz band, with the limitations that the Commission is imposing 
herein, will not cause harmful interference, which is defined not to 
protect against isolated occurrences, but only against interference 
that ``seriously degrades, obstructs, or repeatedly interrupts.''

E. Amendments to Certain Part 1 Rules

    52. The Commission amends Sec. Sec.  1.901 and 1.902 of the 
Commission's rules to include part 30 in the list of s to which the 
part 1, subpart F, rules apply. The R&O clearly expressed the 
Commission's intent to apply the part 1, subpart F rules to UMFUS. 
Amending Sec. Sec.  1.901 and 1.902 to include UMFUS will be consistent 
with that intent. Notice and comment is not required for this change 
because the changes go to rules of practice and procedure. In addition, 
the Commission is amending Sec.  101.115 of our rules to fix a footnote 
numbering error in the Antenna Standards table in Sec.  101.115. The 
change clarifies that the footnote applicable to the 70 GHz and 80 GHz 
bands should be labelled footnote 14.

[[Page 45]]

III. Order on Reconsideration

A. Security

    53. In the R&O, the Commission adopted rules requiring licensees, 
prior to commencing operations, to submit to the Commission security 
plans and related information indicating how confidentiality, 
integrity, and availability principles are applied in its network 
security design processes. Several parties filed petitions for 
reconsideration, which ask the Commission to eliminate the security 
reporting requirements.
    54. The Commission acknowledges that there may be other mechanisms 
that foster more secure networks without imposing the burden of 
additional regulation. The Commission therefore believes that more 
flexible security mechanisms should be fully explored, including ones 
employing voluntary means, in order to achieve a narrowly tailored fit 
with the Commission's goal of secure 5G networks and devices.
    55. By exploring flexible security mechanisms as the Commission's 
next step, it can avoid the costs of implementing the R&O's reporting 
and security requirements, which could slow the development of 
innovative 5G services. For example, NCTA claims that these 
requirements would ``impose substantial compliance costs on 5G network 
operators with no meaningful corresponding benefit in light of the fact 
that network providers already have enormous incentives to adopt 
measures to protect their networks.'' NCTA further argues that ``a 
band-by-band approach to cybersecurity . . . would increase compliance 
costs.''
    56. The Commission also believes that a regulatory approach to 5G 
security is premature at this time. As CTIA states, the ``supporting 
architecture for 5G is presently in development and is likely to remain 
in flux.'' Similarly, TIA maintains that it is not clear yet how 5G 
networks will operate. Given these considerations, the Commission 
believes that it would serve the public interest to rescind the 
reporting and security requirements. To reduce the risk to network 
reliability and security, the Commission instead seeks industry input 
through the CSRIC process. The Commission believes that CSRIC is an 
appropriate vehicle to explore these network security issues given its 
track record of addressing cybersecurity issues through flexible, 
voluntary means. As CTIA states, the Commission generally favors a 
``business-driven cybersecurity risk management'' approach because a 
``flexible, adaptable approach'' offers a ``workable strategy for 
securing commercial networks.'' The Commission expects tangible, 
practical security benefits from the CSRIC processes as part of the 
public-private partnership which, as NCTA notes, already exist to 
address best practices. The Commission has asked CSRIC to identify the 
network reliability and security risks associated with 5G networks and 
develop best practices to mitigate those risks. The Commission may also 
use CSRIC recommendations to help inform any additional steps that may 
be necessary.

B. Earth Station Siting Rules

1. Background
    57. The 27.5-29.5 GHz band has had long-standing allocations for 
the fixed, mobile, and FSS (Earth-to-space) services. In the 1996 LMDS 
First Report and Order, the Commission designated the 27.5-28.35 GHz 
band for LMDS on a primary basis and determined that satellite services 
would be permitted in that band on a non-interference basis to LMDS 
systems, and only for the purpose of providing limited gateway-type 
services.
    58. The U.S. Table of Frequency Allocations accords co-primary 
status to FSS earth stations (space-to-Earth) in the 37.5-40 GHz band. 
Under the rules in effect prior to the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking 
(NPRM) (see 81 FR 1802), gateway earth stations in the 39 GHz band 
could be deployed only if the FSS licensee obtained a 39 GHz license 
for the area where the earth station would be located, or if it entered 
into an agreement with the corresponding 39 GHz licensee.
    59. In the R&O, the Commission found that ``FSS earth stations in 
the 28 GHz band can share the band with minimal impact on terrestrial 
operations.'' Based upon that finding, the Commission grandfathered all 
existing 28 GHz FSS earth stations authorized as of the adoption date 
of the Report and Order and granted them the right to operate under the 
terms of their existing authorizations without taking into account 
possible interference to UMFUS operations. It also grandfathered 
pending applications for 28 GHz earth stations filed prior to the 
adoption date of the R&O if such applications were subsequently granted 
pursuant to the existing part 25 rules. The Commission also gave FSS 
operators multiple mechanisms for deploying earth stations. First, it 
granted status to any FSS earth stations for which the FSS operator 
also holds the UMFUS license, whether through participation in an 
auction or the secondary markets, that covers the earth station's 
permitted interference zone. To the extent FSS operators and UMFUS 
licensees enter into private agreements, the Commission held that their 
relationship will be governed by those agreements. The Commission also 
determined that FSS earth stations may continue to be authorized 
without the benefit of an interference zone, i.e., on a secondary 
basis.
    60. Finally, the Commission decided that it would continue to 
authorize satellite earth stations on a first-come, first-served basis 
in the 28 GHz band, but adopted guidelines for their deployment. First, 
it would authorize no more than three locations in each county where 
FSS would be allowed to deploy earth stations that do not have to 
protect UMFUS stations from interference. Second, an FSS applicant 
would be required to demonstrate in its license application that the 
permitted interference zone around its earth station would cover no 
more than 0.1 percent of the population of the county license area 
where the earth station was to be located. Third, the applicant would 
be required to show that the permitted interference zone would not 
infringe upon any major event venue, arterial street, interstate or 
U.S. highway, urban mass transit route, passenger railroad, or cruise 
ship port. Fourth, to ensure that the earth station would not interfere 
with existing facilities operating under a 28 GHz UMFUS license, the 
Commission required that the satellite operator coordinate with the 
UMFUS licensee in the county where it proposed to locate its earth 
station using the coordination procedures contained in Sec.  101.103(d) 
of the Commission's rules.
    61. In contrast to the 28 GHz band, where FSS earth stations 
transmit, FSS earth stations in the 37.5-40 GHz band receive. 
Accordingly, earth stations in that band need protection against 
interfering signals from terrestrial operations. Prior to the NPRM, 
Commission rules for the 39 GHz band provided that gateway earth 
stations would be allowed only if the satellite licensee obtained a 
license for the terrestrial geographic service area where the earth 
station would be located, or if the satellite operator entered into an 
agreement with the corresponding terrestrial licensee. In the R&O, the 
Commission allowed FSS operators to place earth stations using any of 
the market-based mechanisms adopted for the 28 GHz band.
    62. The Commission further determined that it would authorize non-
Federal satellite earth stations in the 37.5-40 GHz band on a first-
come, first-served basis and give them protection from terrestrial 
transmissions subject to

[[Page 46]]

the following conditions. First, the earth station applicant must 
define a protection zone in its application around its earth station 
where no terrestrial operations may be located. The FSS applicant may 
self-define this protection zone, but it must demonstrate using 
reasonable engineering methods that the designated protection zone is 
no larger than necessary to protect its earth station. Second, the 
Commission determined that it would authorize a maximum of three 
protection zones in each Partial Economic Area (PEA). Accordingly, the 
applicant was required to demonstrate either that there are no more 
than two existing protection zones in the PEA or to demonstrate that 
its protection zone would be contiguous to any preexisting satellite 
protection zone. Third, the applicant must demonstrate that the 
existing and proposed protection zones, in the aggregate, would not 
cover more than 0.1 percent of the PEA's population. Fourth, the 
Commission required the applicant to show that the protection zone 
would not infringe upon any major event venue, arterial street, 
interstate or U.S. highway, urban mass transit route, passenger 
railroad, or cruise ship port. Finally, the earth station applicant is 
required to coordinate with terrestrial fixed and mobile licensees 
whose license areas overlap with the protection zone, in order to 
ensure that the protection zone does not encompass existing terrestrial 
operations. If the earth station is authorized, the Commission's rules 
prohibit UMFUS licensees from placing facilities within the protection 
zone absent consent from the FSS operator, and the FSS operator must 
respond in good faith to requests to place facilities within a 
protection zone.
    63. In petitions for reconsideration, some satellite operators seek 
a relaxation of the 0.1 percent limits on populations affected by 
exclusion zones around their earth stations, curtailment of the rules 
that limit the impact of satellite operations on the provision of 
terrestrial services to users in transit, and elimination of the rules 
that limit earth station zones to three per geographic area. Parties 
also seek various clarifications, which the Commission addresses below.
    64. The burden of proof falls upon petitioners to demonstrate that 
FSS needs additional flexibility to locate earth stations in the 28 GHz 
and 37.5-40 GHz bands, which primarily are designated for terrestrial 
use. They fail to meet that burden, except in the limited instances 
discussed below.
2. 0.1 Percent Population Limit
    65. Satellite petitioners and their supporters propose various ways 
to relax the rules that limit earth station exclusion zones to 0.1 
percent of the population of UMFUS license areas. Their proposals 
include applying the 0.1 percent limit to the entire country or Basic 
Trading Areas (BTAs) rather than to counties or PEAs, increasing the 
limit to 0.2 percent, allowing satellite operators to deploy earth 
stations anywhere outside of urban cores, and modifying the rule's 
limits with respect to small and medium-sized markets.
    66. The Commission rejects the request to increase 0.1 percent 
population to 0.2 percent in larger markets. As Nextlink argues, that 
change could have a significant adverse impact on terrestrial service 
in urban areas. Moreover, none of the proponents of this change have 
demonstrated that increasing the population threshold in larger markets 
is necessary to provide sufficient opportunity for siting earth 
stations in these bands. As the Commission observed in the R&O, 
satellite operators will not necessarily need to deploy earth stations 
in the more densely populated markets. Indeed, the Satellite Broadband 
Operators have indicated that they can accept a limit of 0.1 percent in 
the largest markets. In addition, ViaSat, the FSS operator that appears 
to be most interested in locating earth stations in urban markets, 
supports the existing 0.1 percent limit.
    67. On the other hand, the Commission concludes that for smaller 
markets, relaxing the 0.1 percent population metric is consistent with 
the Commission's goal of creating meaningful, targeted opportunities to 
deploy additional FSS earth stations without harming terrestrial 
operations. Maintaining the 0.1 percent limit in smaller markets could 
make it more difficult for FSS operators to site earth stations in 
those markets, which could drive earth station siting towards more 
heavily populated places and centers of commercial activity. In 
contrast, relaxing the 0.1 percent limit in smaller markets is more 
consistent with the Commission's goal of providing targeted 
opportunities for siting earth stations in more remote, less-densely 
populated areas.
    68. On the other hand, the Commission believes that SES and O3b 
have not justified the level of impact on terrestrial service that they 
seek. In the smallest markets, they have not justified limiting access 
to terrestrial services to up to 10 percent of the population in the 28 
GHz band. Since many of the smallest markets cover large geographic 
areas, FSS operators should have sufficient flexibility with a 7.5 
percent population limit. In the middle tier of markets, the Commission 
notes the concern of the Rural LMDS Operators that losing even 600 
potential customers could make providing service uneconomic. While SES 
and O3b attempt to justify the 600-person limit based on an analysis of 
one of their existing, grandfathered earth station, given the trend 
towards smaller, lower impact earth stations identified by ViaSat and 
others, it is equitable to require FSS operators to make additional 
efforts to limit their impact on UMFUS in bands that are designated 
primarily for terrestrial use. The Commission anticipates that 
satellite operators will substantially reduce the sizes of the 
exclusion zones that they require by constructing artificial site 
shields or by taking advantage of naturally occurring terrain features.
    69. Taking the entire record into account, the Commission will 
adopt a modified version of the SES/O3b proposal for providing 
additional flexibility in second- and third-tier markets. For the 28 
GHz band, the limits will be as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Maximum permitted aggregate
  Population within UMFUS license area    population within PFD contour
                                                of earth stations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than 450,000...................  0.1 percent of population in
                                          UMFUS license area.
Between 6,000 and 450,000..............  450 people.
Fewer than 6,000.......................  7.5 percent of population in
                                          UMFUS license area.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For the 37.5-40 GHz band, the population limits will apply on a PEA 
basis as follows:

[[Page 47]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Maximum permitted aggregate
Population within Partial Economic Area   population within PFD contour
  (PEA) where earth station is located          of earth stations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than 2,250,000.................  0.1 percent of population in
                                          PEA.
Between 60,000 and 2,250,000...........  2,250 people.
Fewer than 60,000......................  3.75 percent of population in
                                          PEA.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The additional flexibility will encourage siting of earth stations 
in areas with less population, decrease potential conflicts between FSS 
and UMFUS, and maintain the primacy of UMFUS in the 28 GHz and 39 GHz 
bands.
3. Other Limits on Earth Station Siting
    70. Some satellite operators request that the Commission repeal, 
modify, and clarify the R&O's limitations on deployment of earth 
stations in places where they preclude terrestrial service to people or 
equipment that are in transit or are present at mass gatherings. 
EchoStar and Inmarsat also argue that the Commission's transient 
population rules impair their ability to deploy gateway stations in 
places with ready sources of electricity, adequate roads to permit 
access for maintenance, neighborhoods with appropriate commercial 
zoning, sufficient space for installation and expansion of large 
satellite antennas with an unobstructed view of the sky, and sufficient 
cooling capacity for large amounts of computing equipment. The 
Satellite Broadband Operators, which include the petitioners, recommend 
that the Commission's prohibition against earth station interference 
with passenger railroads be limited to Amtrak trains. The petitioners 
also urge us to eliminate or curtail sharply the rule barring FSS 
deployments near major event venues in the 28 and 37.5-40 GHz bands. 
The Satellite Broadband Operators ask that they be allowed to extend 
their exclusion zones over major event venues except for those with a 
seating capacity exceeding 10,000 people.
    71. The Commission denies the requests to modify the additional 
limits on earth station siting, with certain exceptions discussed 
below. EchoStar and Inmarsat contend that one of the reports cited in 
the R&O demonstrates that fiber connectivity needed by earth station 
facilities is highly correlated with major roadways and railways. The 
Commission disagrees. The authors of the InterTubes Report, which 
petitioners cite, emphasize that they are exclusively interested in the 
long-haul fiber-optic portions of the internet and do not even attempt 
to portray any of the short-haul fiber routes that are used to add or 
drop off network services in many different places within metropolitan 
areas. Moreover, the Commission notes that in the 28 GHz band, where 
there are incumbent earth stations, no licensed earth station is co-
located with a long-haul internet node and the average distance by road 
from a 28 GHz earth station to the nearest long-haul internet node is 
37.5 miles, with a median distance of 22.4 miles. Notably, a recent 
application for 20 gateway earth stations states that they will be ``at 
sites distributed throughout the United States that comply with the 
Commission's 28 GHz siting rules and have sufficient electrical 
facilities, reliable fiber-delivered broadband capacity, and ease of 
access for personnel to provide operational support.''
    72. Furthermore, the Commission continues to believe that the 
limitations that it has placed on earth station siting provide 
incentives for FSS operators to avoid areas where there is going to be 
high demand for terrestrial service using mmW bands. The wide 
bandwidths that are available to terrestrial services in the 28 GHz and 
37.5-40 GHz bands will support vital new terrestrial services on roads, 
railroads, and mass transit routes, and at ports, major event venues, 
homes and offices. The current need for wireless service along transit 
routes is clear for a variety of uses, including navigation, and demand 
is likely to increase with advances in technology. Like people in 
transit, many who attend major events use cell phones to obtain 
information, to exchange text and images with others, and to engage in 
other forms of communication. That is why mobile carriers often deploy 
temporary cellular base stations at major events. The Commission 
anticipates that 5G services supported by millimeter-wave spectrum will 
engender more use of mobile telecommunications at live events.
    73. The Commission agrees with the petitioners, however, that it 
would be helpful to clarify the types of roads that earth station 
siting should avoid. The R&O restricted earth station interference 
zones from infringing upon any arterial streets or interstate or U.S. 
highway. On review, the Commission finds that limitation may be 
unclear. The Commission therefore clarifies this prohibition to include 
only the following types of roads, as they are defined and classified 
by the U.S. Department of Transportation:
     Interstate
     Other Freeways and Expressways
     Other Principal Arterial.
    74. Regarding the R&O's restrictions on earth station interference 
to ``major event venues,'' the record does not provide a sufficient 
basis to specify which locations are considered such venues. Generally 
speaking, the Commission considers a major event venue to be any 
location where large numbers of people could gather on a regular basis 
in a setting where they would expect to use wireless service. The 
Commission recognizes that there are multiple types of locations that 
could qualify, including popular venues that seat less than 10,000 
persons. For example, the Commission agrees with Verizon that an 
arbitrary limit of 10,000 persons would improperly exclude venues such 
as the arena where the Minnesota State Mavericks play ice hockey games 
(a venue seating 5,280 person). The Commission declines to 
unnecessarily restrict these locations to venues seating more than 
10,000 people, as advocated by the Satellite Broadband Operators. To 
the extent that an UMFUS licensee is concerned that the interference or 
protection contour of a proposed FSS earth station might encompass a 
major event venue, the Commission expects that the UMFUS licensee will 
identify the venue as part of the coordination process, and the 
Commission expects that the parties will work cooperatively to identify 
and avoid major event venues.
    75. For similar reasons, the Commission also declines to modify the 
R&O's limitations on earth station siting that would impair passenger 
railroads by narrowing that restriction to encompass only Amtrak, as 
advocated by the Satellite Broadband Operators. This limitation 
properly encompasses any passenger railroads where there is going to be 
high demand for terrestrial service using mmW bands, such as key 
commuter rail lines.
4. Numerical Limits on Earth Stations
    76. As noted above, the R&O limited the number of earth station 
locations to three per county in the 28 GHz band and three per PEA in 
the 37.5-40 GHz band. Satellite operators urge us to eliminate those 
limits on the grounds that they are redundant, that it would be 
impractical for multiple satellite

[[Page 48]]

operators to share the same sites, that the thousands of small 
footprints produced by large fleets of NGSO satellites will each 
require a gateway earth station, and that a numeric limitation might 
have the perverse effect of forcing satellite operators to deploy 
gateway stations in urban areas before they have exhausted the siting 
opportunities of rural geographic service areas with wide expanses of 
thinly populated territory. Straight Path argues that the Commission 
should continue to apply numeric limits to earth station deployments 
because there is no data in the record to support the claim that the 
satellite industry will need more than 1,200 ground stations in the 39 
GHz band. FWCC says that it is not opposed in principle to dropping the 
numeric earth station limits if the Commission maintains reasonable 
limits on population coverage.
    77. In the 28 GHz band, which is licensed for terrestrial use on a 
county basis, the Commission declines to eliminate the numeric limit of 
three earth station locations per license area. The numerical 
limitations that the Commission imposed are part of the framework that 
it adopted ``to provide FSS licensees with substantial opportunities to 
expand their limited use of the 28 GHz band to deploy earth stations 
that do not have to protect terrestrial services, while minimizing the 
impact on terrestrial operations.'' FSS operators have not demonstrated 
that they have a substantial need to exceed the numeric location limits 
imposed in the R&O. Furthermore, eliminating those limits would be 
inconsistent with the decision to prioritize terrestrial deployment in 
these bands. In particular, eliminating the numerical limits in smaller 
markets where the Commission grants additional flexibility to FSS 
providers could inappropriately hinder deployment of terrestrial 
service in less populated areas. The Commission notes that in the 
smallest markets, allowing FSS providers to have an interference zone 
covering up to 10 percent of the population could impact a 
substantially larger amount of area, since populations may not be 
evenly distributed in rural areas.
    78. The Commission will, however, increase the three locations per 
license area limit on earth stations in the 37.5-40 GHz band, which is 
licensed for terrestrial use on a PEA basis. In that band, where the 
FSS allocation is space-to-Earth, the function of earth stations is to 
receive signals from satellites, not to transmit. An earth station 
location in that context represents the protection zone around one or 
more earth stations from which terrestrial operations are excluded, in 
order to prevent them from causing interference to the earth stations. 
The existing limit on earth station locations in that band was based on 
the Commission's calculations of populations that they were likely to 
cover, based on the size of the protection zone that would be required 
to protect 37.5-40 GHz receiving earth stations. The protection zone 
area that the Commission used for these calculations was provided in 
comments from EchoStar, which stated that the radius of the exclusion 
zone around a 37.5-40 GHz earth station would be up to two kilometers. 
Recently, Inmarsat, SES and O3b provided an analysis that represents a 
separation distance of less than 1100 meters from the center of a 
terrestrial mobile deployment area that occupies an area of 3.8 square 
kilometers would be sufficient to protect an FSS earth station. In 
another study, ViaSat purports to show that moderately sized stations 
on roof tops, with appropriate shielding, could be embedded in urban or 
suburban settings where 5G systems are deployed without requiring 
interference protection from the 5G system. Boeing analyzes both 
studies, and concludes that each is based on valid assumptions and 
employs appropriate technical analysis, but believes that the Inmarsat/
SES/O3b submission used unnecessarily conservative assumptions and that 
a separation distance of less than 500 meters would be sufficient. 
While the assumptions ViaSat uses will not apply to every earth station 
(not every earth station will be located on a roof or will be 
shielded), based on the Commission's analysis of the contribution 
submitted into the record of this proceeding by Inmarsat, SES and O3b, 
and the ViaSat filing, it now appears that earth stations can be 
designed that require substantially smaller exclusion zones than the 
two-kilometer radius estimate available to the Commission at the time 
of the R&O. With smaller exclusion zones, the Commission can justify 
allowing more satellite earth stations in a given area because the 
impact in terms of geographic area will be smaller.
    79. Taking into account the Commission's current understanding of 
the required exclusion zone and the fact that this band is primarily a 
terrestrial band, the Commission believes that it would be reasonable 
to increase the permissible number of earth station locations in the 
37.5-40 GHz band from three to 15 per PEA, but with no more than three 
earth station locations per county. The Commission's grant of relief on 
the numerical limits in the 37.5-40 GHz band is premised on the idea 
that the exclusion zones required by FSS to protect their earth 
stations are substantially smaller than the Commission originally 
believed. If, in reviewing FSS earth station applications, the 
Commission sees that FSS providers are claiming substantially larger 
protection zones, the Commission reserves the right to take appropriate 
action.
    80. The Commission also declines to adopt ViaSat's request to 
modify Sec.  25.136 to allow the deployment of additional ``zero 
impact'' earth stations on a protected basis, regardless of the 
numerical earth station limits otherwise applicable in a given county 
or PEA. These deployments may not have ``zero impact.'' In light of the 
greater flexibility the Commission is granting above with respect to 
the absolute number limit on earth station locations, the Commission 
finds that ViaSat has not demonstrated that the additional requested 
flexibility would be in the public interest.
    81. In addition, the Commission takes the opportunity to clarify 
the determination in the R&O that, for purposes of complying with the 
limit on the absolute number of earth station locations within an UMFUS 
license area, each location can accommodate multiple earth stations 
that are either collocated with each other or at locations contiguous 
to each other. As stated in the R&O, a ``location'' in this context 
refers to either, in the case of earth stations transmitting in the 
band, the contour within which one or more earth stations generate a 
PFD no more than -77.6 dBm/m\2\/MHz at 10 meters above ground level, 
or, in the case of earth stations receiving in the band, the self-
defined protection zone around one or more earth stations within which 
no terrestrial operations may be located. The Commission clarifies 
that, although adding an earth station to a location will in most cases 
expand the relevant contour, the R&O does not preclude the expansion of 
such contours, nor does it apply any numeric limit to the number of 
earth stations to be deployed at a location, provided that the 
deployment complies with other earth station siting limits in the 
Commission's rules. Although the R&O does not limit the number of earth 
stations per se, it does limit the proliferation of protection zones 
surrounding those earth stations, and that serves an important policy 
objective.
5. Placement of Additional Antennas at Grandfathered 28 GHz Sites
    82. EchoStar and Inmarsat ask us to clarify the extent to which 
additional earth station antennas may be placed at

[[Page 49]]

grandfathered 28 GHz earth station sites, and SES and O3b specifically 
request that the Commission exempts additional earth stations from the 
0.1 percent population limitation rule if they are located within one 
second of latitude and one second of longitude of grandfathered sites. 
EchoStar and Inmarsat argue that, if the Commission requires 
grandfathered sites to count against the 0.1 percent cap, other FSS 
operators will be unable to deploy precisely in those areas that have 
been identified as most attractive to date. The Satellite Broadband 
Operators also argue that the Commission should exclude grandfathered 
28 GHz band earth stations from counting toward the population limits.
    83. The Commission rejects the petitioners' requests for three 
reasons. First, the modifications that the Commission is making to the 
0.1 percent population limit provide substantial and adequate relief to 
the requesting parties. Second, no material purpose would be served by 
adding a de minimis exception: One second of latitude equals about 31 
meters, and one second of longitude in any of the contiguous 48 states 
would be fewer than 30 meters. Third, EchoStar and Inmarsat state 
elsewhere in their petition that it would be impractical in any case 
for multiple satellite operators to share the same sites. If it is true 
that other operators would be reluctant in any case to deploy their 
antennas at a grandfathered site that is licensed to another operator, 
the Commission needs not be concerned that they would be deterred from 
doing so by the absence of a further exception to its rules.

C. Secondary Status of FSS in 28 GHz Band

    84. In the R&O, after evaluating in detail prior rulemakings 
involving the 28 GHz band, the Commission rejected arguments from FSS 
providers and determined that FSS would be secondary to both fixed and 
mobile terrestrial operations in the 28 GHz band. SIA asks the 
Commission to clarify that certain protected FSS operations are in fact 
co-primary with respect to the new UMFUS.
    85. SIA simply repeats arguments that it submitted earlier in 
response to the NPRM, and it presents no new theory or new reason for 
why FSS should be given co-primary status. The R&O thoroughly 
considered this issue and concluded that, ``the 28 GHz band will play a 
vital role in the deployment of advanced mmW services, and fully 
upgrading FSS under the Commission's service rules to co-primary status 
would be inconsistent with this goal and would be unnecessary to meet 
the FSS community's needs.'' Accordingly, the Commission rejects that 
aspect of SIA's petition as repetitious, pursuant to Sec.  1.429 of its 
rules. Moreover, the Commission has again reviewed the record in the 
light of the arguments urged in SIA's petition and the Commission finds 
no reason to depart from the findings of fact and conclusions contained 
in the decision.

D. 28 GHz Aggregate Interference

    86. Commenters have expressed concern that upward transmissions 
from large numbers of terrestrial stations will, in the aggregate, 
generate enough power to be received at the satellite's receiver, thus 
degrading the satellite's performance. In the R&O, the Commission, 
after noting that FSS was secondary to both fixed and mobile services, 
concluded that, ``the record in this proceeding does not demonstrate 
that the rules that we adopt today would significantly risk harmful 
interference to satellite operations because of aggregate interference 
received at the satellite receiver.'' The Commission rejected requests 
from FSS providers to limit the aggregate skyward transmissions of 
UMFUS providers in the 28 GHz band. In petitions for reconsideration, 
satellite operators argue that we should reconsider our earlier 
decision and set an overall limit on aggregate interference to 
satellite receivers.
    87. The Commission denies the petitions for reconsideration on this 
issue because none of the petitions for reconsideration make the 
requisite showing under Sec.  1.429 of its rules with respect to the 
aggregate interference issue. The petitions filed by satellite 
operators are deficient in two significant respects. First, they fail 
to acknowledge the defects identified in the R&O in the technical 
studies that formed the basis for their arguments. Second, and more 
fundamentally, the requests of the satellite operators are inconsistent 
with the Commission's goal of providing UMFUS licensees with a flexible 
rules framework that could allow them to provide a variety of services. 
Boeing and SES/O3b ask the Commission to embed into its rules certain 
characteristics that are under development for mmW mobile systems, such 
as beamforming, antenna downtilt, and power control. The Commission 
adopted technical rules that were as flexible as possible, while at the 
same time preventing harmful interference. By doing so, the Commission 
maximized the ability of licensees to design and evolve their networks 
according to their own judgement and thereby offer new and innovative 
services to the public. Establishing specific technical parameters in 
the Commission's rules based on its understanding of technological 
developments at one point in time would risk preventing licensees from 
developing new services to meet market demand. The limits on emissions 
that the satellite operators seek could limit the ability of UMFUS 
licensees to operate certain types of networks.
    88. Finally, the Commission rejects petitioners' argument that the 
Commission's failure to adopt rules to limit aggregate interference to 
satellites licensed by countries that are adjacent to the U.S 
constitutes a breach of its country's obligations under international 
agreements. As Intel and CTIA point out, the rules adopted in the R&O 
already provide more protection to other countries' satellites than is 
required by ITU rules.
    89. The Commission retains the authority to monitor developments 
and intervene to prevent unacceptable interference to satellites if 
that becomes necessary, but it finds no evidence to date that suggests 
that any such intervention will be necessary. The R&O explained why it 
is unlikely that the addition of mobile services to the 28 GHz band 
will cause significant interference to satellites in the 28 GHz band, 
and petitioners have provided no basis to revisit that conclusion at 
this time.

E. Base Station Power Limit

    90. In the Report and Order, the Commission adopted a base station 
power limit of 75 dBm/100 MHz EIRP for UMFUS. For channel bandwidths 
less than 100 megahertz, the permitted EIRP was reduced below 75 dBm in 
proportion to the amount of bandwidth involved. Boeing asks the 
Commission to reconsider the 75 dBm limit and adopt the 62 dBm limit 
proposed in the NPRM.
    91. The Commission denies Boeing's petition on this issue. Boeing 
claims that the Commission adopted the 75 dBm power limit without a 
``real technical or policy foundation . . .'' That characterization is 
inaccurate. As noted above, the 75 dBm power limit made the UMFUS rules 
consistent with rules for other mobile services and reflected a 
consensus of parties involved in developing equipment and service. To 
the extent Boeing and O3b are concerned about the ability to place 
earth stations in the 37.5-40 GHz band, the Commission notes that UMFUS 
licensees will be required to protect earth station facilities pursuant 
to Sec.  25.136 of the Commission's rules. To the extent that Boeing's 
advocacy is

[[Page 50]]

based on its desire to operate user equipment in the 37.5-40 GHz band, 
the Commission's decision denying its request to allow operation of FSS 
user equipment in 37.5-40 GHz makes this concern irrelevant. While 
Boeing's technical study assumed that UMFUS base stations were 
operating continuously at 75 dBm, that deployment scenario is 
unrealistic because UMFUS facilities will have incentives to operate at 
the minimum power necessary. The Commission acknowledges that many 
terrestrial service proponents have described systems that have lower 
transmitted power, but its UMFUS rules are designed to facilitate the 
deployment of a wide variety of mmW technology. The Commission does not 
believe it would be appropriate to limit the development of new 
technology or deployment of novel services by needlessly limiting the 
power of UMFUS equipment.
    92. The Commission also denies Boeing's request to establish a 
separate total radiated power limit. The Commission agrees with Intel 
and T-Mobile that such a limit is unnecessary and burdensome. Boeing 
has not explained why the UMFUS bands are meaningfully different from 
other bands where the Commission has only adopted EIRP limits.

F. Base Station Location Disclosure

    93. EchoStar/Inmarsat and SES/O3b ask the Commission to require the 
creation of a database of UMFUS facilities to facilitate coordination 
between FSS and UMFUS. Given the potentially huge number of deployments 
in these bands, it would be extremely burdensome to require UMFUS 
licensees to maintain and update information on each deployment. On the 
other hand, FSS providers would only need this information when they 
were planning to coordinate an earth station location. The Commission 
disagrees with SES/O3b that the existing coordination procedures are 
inadequate for them to obtain the information they need to coordinate 
with existing UMFUS licensees. The part 101 coordination rules, which 
apply to coordination of proposed earth stations, require UMFUS 
licensees to specify the technical details relevant to any objection. 
The Commission concludes that the burden of the disclosure requirement 
would far outweigh any benefit. The Commission therefore denies the 
petitions on this issue.

G. 64-71 GHz

    94. The Commission affirms the Commission's decision to authorize 
unlicensed operations across the entire 64-71 GHz band. Contrary to 
petitioner's arguments, the Commission thoroughly articulated the 
public interest benefits of making 64-71 GHz available for unlicensed 
use, and the Commission's decision took into account the needs of both 
licensed and unlicensed services. In contrast, petitioners have 
provided no explanation as to how they would make use of this band as a 
licensed band, and they mostly repeat arguments previously considered 
and rejected by the Commission.
    95. Petitioners' focus on the amount of spectrum made available for 
licensed versus unlicensed use is misguided. The Commission has 
previously explained that this was not a valid comparison when 
responding to claims of ``gigahertz parity'' from commenters who shared 
the same view as CTIA. Furthermore, the Commission makes additional 
spectrum available for licensed use, and it will continue to work to 
make more licensed spectrum available.
    96. The Commission's expectation that unlicensed services would 
quickly serve the public interest in the 64-71 GHz band, based on the 
band's adjacent location to the 57-64 GHz band where WiGig devices are 
being actively deployed, is supported by the fact that the FCC 
Equipment Authorization Database shows close to 200 product 
certification grants for operation in the 57-64 GHz band. Furthermore, 
the Commission notes that the technical specifications for 802.11ad 
unlicensed devices to operate in the 64-71 GHz band are already 
supported in the approved IEEE 802.11-2016 standard, using the same 
communication protocols for six 2160-megahertz wide channels.

H. Mobile Spectrum Holdings (In-Band Aggregation Limits)

    97. CCA requests reconsideration of the Commission's decision not 
to adopt band-specific limits for each of the 28 GHz, 37 GHz and 39 GHz 
bands. In the R&O, the Commission found that band-specific limits were 
unnecessary, stating because any technical differences between these 
three bands is not sufficient to significantly affect how these 
spectrum bands might be used. The Commission finds that CCA merely 
restates general arguments previously considered and rejected, and the 
Commission therefore denies its request for reconsideration.

I. 28 and 39 GHz License Area Sizes

1. 28 GHz Band
    98. In the R&O, the Commission selected counties as the base 
geographic unit for UMFUS license areas in the 28 GHz band and 
subdivided existing Basic Trading Area (BTA) licenses into counties. 
Several petitioners seek reconsideration of the Commission's choice of 
counties in the R&O. Their arguments in favor of reconsideration 
largely involve what they see as an increased monetary, administrative 
and technological burden created by switching to counties as opposed to 
BTAs.
    99. The Commission denies these arguments because they were fully 
considered and rejected by the Commission in its R&O, and petitioners 
have failed to present any basis for revisiting its decision. The 
Commission fully considered and rejected the following concerns before 
reaching its decision, namely that (1) counties did not fit the 
contemplated services to be offered using mmW spectrum; (2) counties 
would result in more border areas requiring greater coordination; (3) 
the number of counties would impose administrative burdens on licensees 
and the Commission; and (4) requiring buildout showings on a county 
basis would increase licensees' costs. The Commission also noted that 
it had moved towards license areas based on EAs and that counties were 
more consistent with EAs. Finally, it noted that using BTAs for UMFUS 
would require a new licensing agreement with Rand McNally, the owner of 
BTAs. It concluded that county-based licenses would afford a licensee 
the flexibility to develop localized services, target deployment based 
on market forces and consumer demand, and facilitate access by both 
smaller and larger carriers--and that these benefits outweighed any 
administrative burden on licensees or the Commission. The Commission, 
rejecting the arguments that many counties previously included in BTAs 
would be abandoned because it was not economically viable or 
administratively cost-effective to build them out, concluded that it 
would be better to allow new providers to obtain licenses and make use 
of that spectrum. The Commission believes this logic applies equally to 
rural areas, tribal land, counties containing military bases, or 
counties that contain federal lands such as the National Parks. To the 
extent licensees previously acquired these areas under the expectation 
that they would provide service, it is inconsistent for licensees to 
now deny such intent. If there is no intent to provide service

[[Page 51]]

in an area, they should surrender these license rights and give others 
the opportunity to provide service in those areas.
    100. The Commission considered the move to a county-based license 
fair to incumbents because they not only retained their fixed license 
rights but also would gain valuable mobile rights by virtue of 
acquiring UMFUS licenses. The Commission concluded generally that the 
benefits of these smaller license areas outweighed any administrative 
burden on licensees and on the Commission. To the extent Petitioners 
are now making new arguments, such claims would appear to be barred 
because they have not justified why they failed to raise such arguments 
previously or why it is incumbent upon us to review them in the public 
interest.
    101. The Commission rejects the takings argument raised by Nextlink 
and CCA. ``[C]ourts have concluded that licensees do not have property 
rights in any license that the Commission issues to them, and so are 
not protected by the Fifth Amendment.'' It is also ``undisputed that 
the Commission has always retained the power to alter the term of 
existing licenses by rulemaking.'' Nor is there anything inherently 
unfair in the Commission's action. LMDS licenses have received mobile 
use rights they previously lacked and these licensees were given extra 
time to fulfill their buildout requirements.
2. 39 GHz Band
    102. CCA requests that we reconsider the Commission's decision to 
divide the 39 GHz band into PEAs from previous EA-based license areas 
because it allegedly will harm incumbents by increasing the burdens and 
costs of buildout. The Commission rejects these arguments for most of 
the same reasons it rejects these arguments with respect to the 28 GHz 
band. One distinction the Commission observes between the 28 GHz bands 
and 39 GHz bands, however, is that in the 39 GHz band, the decision to 
allocate license areas by PEA should address many of the petitioners' 
concerns. Specifically, the magnitude of change between EAs and PEAs is 
far smaller than the change from BTAs to counties in the 28 GHz band. 
There are 176 EAs and 416 PEAs, whereas there are 493 BTAs and 3,174 
counties or county-like areas. The Commission correctly concluded that 
use of the PEA formed the appropriate middle ground between counties 
and EAs because PEAs were small enough to permit access to licenses by 
smaller carriers while still large enough to incentivize investment in 
new technologies. The PEA license size should thus address many of the 
monetary and administrative cost burdens that Petitioners decry.

J. Performance Requirements for Incumbent Licenses

    103. As an alternative to reconsidering its decision to divide the 
current 28 GHz BTA-based LMDS license areas into counties, several 
petitioners argue the Commission should either reduce its performance 
requirements or provide incumbent licensees with greater flexibility in 
meeting these requirements. Parties also seek similar relief for 
incumbent 39 GHz licenses. We decline to adopt either of these 
proposals.
    104. The Commission continues to believe that extending the 
deadline for meeting the new performance requirements to 2024 for 
incumbent licensees provides sufficient relief. Petitioners ignore the 
fact that buildout obligations serve the important purpose of ensuring 
that scarce spectrum resources are put to use and deployed in a manner 
that serves all communities. Indeed, the Commission's construction 
obligations promote the Commission's objective of making spectrum 
``available, so far as possible, to all the people of the United 
States'' regardless of where they live. The Commission rejects as 
unsupported and contrary to the public interest the idea that, in this 
instance, allowing licensees to hold on to unused spectrum indefinitely 
would promote service. In the R&O, the Commission noted the various 
proposals by parties that would have permitted incumbent licensees to 
meet their then existing performance requirements before the end of 
their license terms. Petitioners largely repeat the same arguments and 
the Commission denies them on the ground they are plainly repetitious. 
To the extent petitioners attempt to craft variations on those previous 
performance proposals or propose entirely new performance standards, 
they have not adequately explained why they could not have raised these 
arguments at the earlier stage of the proceeding, and the Commission 
sees no reason to review its performance requirements on public 
interest grounds.
    105. The Commission continues to believe that the 2024 deadline for 
incumbents to meet buildout requirements is reasonable. Indeed, 
developments since release of the R&O indicate that the Commission's 
2020 estimate for availability of equipment may have been pessimistic. 
Both Verizon and AT&T have commenced trials for roll-out of commercial 
5G services. Verizon has begun offering 5G mobile and broadband service 
to pilot customers in 11 cities, and AT&T conducted its first 5G 
business customer trial in 2016 and states that it is currently 
pursuing 5G video trials with DirecTV NOW as well as additional fixed 
and mobile 5G trials with Qualcomm and Ericsson. Furthermore, it is 
estimated that 3GPP standards for Non-Standalone New Radio (NSA NR) 
will be completed by March 2018, and that full Standalone New Radio 
with Next Generation Core will be completed by September 2018. The 
Commission believes these developments belie petitioners' claims that 
they will not have sufficient time to meet performance requirements by 
2024 due to the inability to obtain equipment.
    106. Finally, the Commission rejects the argument that parity 
requires that incumbent licensees receive the same amount of time as 
new licensees to meet their buildout requirements. Incumbents have an 
advantage over potential new UMFUS licensees because they have 
immediate access to spectrum and can begin planning for deployments 
now.

K. Splitting of 28 GHz Band Into Two Licenses

    107. Nextlink asks that the Commission reconsider its decision to 
split the 850 MHz A1 Band into two 425 MHz segments and instead make 
this spectrum available for UMFUS as a single band. We deny this 
request both because it is plainly repetitive and because petitioners 
have failed to rebut the reasoning of the R&O which found that a split 
band would increase competition.
    108. The Commission denies Nextlink's request on the merits and 
because Nextlink seeks to reargue matters that the Commission 
thoroughly considered. Nextlink's assertion that the Commission does 
not provide a valid basis for splitting the A1 band into two 425 
megahertz licenses is incorrect. As T-Mobile argued in response to the 
NPRM, ``where available bandwidth is more limited, as it is at 28 GHz 
and may be in other lower bands, smaller license blocks should be 
licensed in order to preserve competition.'' AT&T and NSMA also support 
smaller channels in the 28 GHz band. Nextlink previously had alleged 
that bifurcating the A1 band would exacerbate the problems it had 
raised against county based licensing, such as increased costs and 
`stranding' deployments in different halves of the A1 band, but those 
arguments were considered and rejected by the Commission. On balance, 
the Commission continues to believe that

[[Page 52]]

the benefits to competition of having multiple licenses in an area 
outweigh any marginal increase in costs to licensees.

L. Applicability of Part 30 Rules to Satellite Operations

    109. EchoStar and Inmarsat note that Sec.  30.6 of the Commission's 
rules states that when providing FSS services, UMFUS licensees must 
operate consistent with part 25 of our rules governing satellite 
communications. EchoStar and Inmarsat ask for a clarification that FSS 
operators holding licenses ``for the purpose of protecting FSS 
operations'' would only be subject to the following UMFUS service 
rules: (1) Section 30.5 (Service Areas); Section 30.104 (License Term); 
and (3) Section 30.106 (Geographic partitioning and spectrum 
disaggregation).
    110. EchoStar and Inmarsat are correct that the Commission did not 
intend to apply part 30 technical rules to satellite operations. 
Accordingly, the Commission will revise Sec.  30.6 to state explicitly 
that part 30 technical rules do not apply when UMFUS licenses are used 
in connection with satellite operations. The part 30 licensing rules do 
apply, however, to all UMFUS licenses, regardless of use. For example, 
if a satellite operator acquired an UMFUS license at auction, it would 
acquire those licenses pursuant to the competitive bidding rules in 
part 30, subpart D. Furthermore, the Commission buildouts requirements 
apply to all UMFUS licenses, but there is a special provision in the 
rules allowing FSS operators to comply with those requirements in a 
given county by demonstrating that an earth station is in service, 
operational, and using the spectrum associated with the license. 
Accordingly, the Commission denies the petition to the extent it seeks 
to broadly exclude FSS operations from the UMFUS licensing rules.

IV. Memorandum Opinion and Order

A. 48.2-50.2 GHz

    111. At this time, the Commission declines to authorize fixed and 
mobile use in the 48.2-50.2 GHz band, but rather retain the broad 
flexibility of satellite systems to operate in that band. The 
Commission believes the satellite broadband services that could be 
delivered over the networks proposed by Boeing, SpaceX, and others 
could play a useful role in bringing the benefits of broadband to more 
Americans. Given the current state of satellite technology, these 
systems would need access to spectrum where satellite end user devices 
can operate. The Commission's actions will provide FSS operators with 2 
gigahertz of both uplink and downlink spectrum where they can operate 
satellite end user devices and earth stations without having to share 
with terrestrial licensees. In addition, the Commission recognizes the 
importance to the satellite industry of having spectrum to freely 
deploy uplink user terminals across the United States. Further, the 
Commission notes that there is no explanation in the record for how the 
V-band could work successfully for both satellite and terrestrial 
providers without dedicated spectrum for FSS end-user terminals. 
Accordingly, while the Commission is making additional spectrum, 
including the 47.2-48.2 GHz band, available for terrestrial use, it 
will reserve the 48.2-50.2 GHz band for FSS use at this time, pursuant 
to the existing part 25 rules, in order to give satellite operators an 
opportunity to provide services in the V-band.

B. 40-42 GHz

    112. The Commission declines to authorize mobile use in the 40-42 
GHz band at this time. No proponent of mobile use for this band has 
explained how such use would be consistent with the operation of 
satellite user devices in this band. This analysis is different from 
the sharing analysis between UMFUS and individually licensed earth 
stations because the number and location of individually licensed earth 
stations can be controlled. As with 48.2-50.2 GHz, the Commission will 
reserve the 40-42 GHz band for FSS use at this time, pursuant to the 
existing part 25 rules, in order to give satellite operators an 
opportunity to provide services in V-band.
    113. The Commission acknowledges the ongoing international studies 
at the ITU-R for mobile (IMT) use in the band 37-43.5 GHz. The 
Commission notes that the benefits of global harmonization are not 
limited to situations where all regions have identical spectrum 
allocations and can be facilitated through the use of radio tuning 
ranges. Radio tuning ranges allow manufacturers to develop equipment 
that can operate across multiple bands within a contiguous range while 
allowing regulators flexibility to manage spectrum resources for 
domestic requirements. The Commission will continue to follow the 
ongoing studies in this band leading up to WRC-19.

C. 71-76 and 81-86 GHz Bands (70/80 GHz Band)

1. Introduction
    114. On October 16, 2003, the Commission adopted a Report and Order 
establishing service rules to promote non-Federal development and use 
of the mmW spectrum in the 71-76 GHz (70 GHz), 81-86 GHz (80 GHz), and 
92-95 GHz (90 GHz) bands, which are allocated to non-Federal and 
Federal users on a co-primary basis. Based on the determination that 
highly directional, ``pencil-beam'' signal characteristics permit 
systems in these bands to be engineered so that many operations can co-
exist in the same vicinity without causing interference to one another, 
the Commission in 2003 adopted a flexible and innovative regulatory 
framework for the bands. Specifically, the Commission created a two-
pronged authorization scheme for non-Federal entities for the entire 
12.9 GHz of spectrum in the band. First, a licensee applies for a non-
exclusive nationwide license; second, the licensee registers individual 
point-to-point links. Under this licensing scheme, a non-exclusive 
license serves as a prerequisite for registering individual point-to-
point links. Licensees may operate a link only after the link is both 
registered with a third-party database and coordinated with NTIA. This 
flexible and streamlined regulatory framework was designed to encourage 
innovative uses of the mmW spectrum, facilitate future development in 
technology and equipment, promote competition in the communications 
services, equipment, and related markets, and advance sharing between 
non-Federal and Federal systems.
    115. As of June 12, 2017, there were 454 active non-exclusive 
nationwide licenses covering the 70 GHz, 80 GHz, and 90 GHz bands. 
Based upon information available from the third-party database managers 
that are responsible for registering links in those bands, as of June 
10, 2016, there were approximately 11,882 registered fixed links in the 
70 GHz and 80 GHz bands.
    116. Access to these bands is based on a set of spectrum rights and 
sharing mechanisms between Federal and non-Federal users, and among 
different types of non-Federal uses (fixed and satellite). In these 
bands, non-Federal operations may not cause harmful interference to, 
nor claim protection from, Federal FSS operations located at 28 
military bases. In addition, in the 80 GHz band, licensees proposing to 
register links located near 18 radio astronomy observatories must 
coordinate their proposed links with those observatories.

[[Page 53]]

Third-party database managers are responsible for recording each 
proposed non-Federal link in the third-party database link system and 
for coordinating with NTIA's automated ``green light/yellow light'' 
mechanism, under which a non-federal link entered into NTIA's system is 
either approved for 60 days (green light) or subject to further 
coordination (yellow light), to determine the potential for harmful 
interference to Federal operations and radio observatories.
2. Mobile Use
    117. The Commission declines to authorize mobile use in the 70 GHz 
and 80 GHz bands under UMFUS rules at this time. There is broad support 
in the record for focusing on and enhancing the existing rules for 
fixed use of the band, while there is little consensus among the 
proponents of mobile use as to how to coexist with fixed links. Under 
the existing licensing mechanism, these bands can play an important 
role in 5G development by facilitating backhaul and other fixed uses. 
It is important not only to protect existing links but also to provide 
an opportunity for future growth of FS in these bands as demand for 
backhaul and other related services increases.
    118. The Commission has several proposals pending in its Wireless 
Backhaul proceeding (WT Docket No. 10-153) to modify the existing rules 
for these bands. The proposals include adjustments to the antenna 
standards, allowing +/-45 degree polarization, establishing a 
channelization plan, requiring construction certifications for 
registered links, and allowing minor modifications to link 
registrations. The Commission also notes that companies such as 
Aeronet, Google, and The Elefante Group have proposed different uses 
for these bands which neither fit the traditional mobile broadband nor 
fixed link models. The Commission's best course of action is for it to 
consider those proposals and possible future uses in the Wireless 
Backhaul proceeding. Once the Commission decides what changes, if any, 
to make to the existing rules, it encourages interested parties to 
discuss possible methods of promoting coexistence between fixed links 
and mobile operations. The Commission reserves the right to revisit 
this issue as mobile use deploys in other mmW bands, technology 
develops, and as further thought is given to mobile/fixed coexistence.
3. Indoor-Only Unlicensed Use Under Part 15
    119. The Commission declines at this time to authorize indoor-only 
unlicensed use under part 15 of its rules in the 70 GHz and 80 GHz 
bands. The Commission finds that little has changed since it rejected 
the use of unlicensed devises in the 70 GHz and 80 GHz bands in 2003. 
The Commission further finds that, given the risks of interference to 
existing fixed uses, additional studies are warranted before 
considering indoor unlicensed use in the 70 GHz and 80 GHz bands. 
Parties supporting unlicensed indoor use in the 70 GHz and 80 GHz bands 
fail to provide sufficient evidence that such use would cause no 
interference to authorized uses. Rather, they rely on general 
references to the propagation characteristics in these bands, building 
materials, device limitations (e.g., a requirement that equipment 
comply with Sec.  15.257 of the rules), or they advocate the adoption 
of an SAS framework to protect authorized uses from interference.
    120. The Commission further finds that the current availability of 
14 gigahertz of contiguous spectrum for unlicensed operations 
immediately below the 70 GHz band reduces the urgency to introduce 
unlicensed indoor use in the 70 GHz and 80 GHz bands. In this regard, 
the Commission notes that, while unlicensed indoor use is permitted 
under part 15 at 90 GHz, no equipment has been authorized for use as of 
June 12, 2017, so it would be premature to extend the rules of a yet-
to-be successful service to the bands immediately below it that, as 
demonstrated by the record, support a thriving mmW service. The 
Commission further finds that it is neither necessary nor cost-
effective to establish a geolocation database to facilitate 
coordination of unlicensed devices at this time, as proposed by OTI and 
Public Knowledge. The Commission's decision to delay introducing 
unlicensed indoor use at this time furthers the public interest by 
protecting existing operations and successful services in the 70 GHz 
and 80 GHz bands without foreclosing future innovations in these bands.

D. 37.5-40 GHz Band Satellite Issues

1. Satellite Power Flux Density Limits
    121. The Commission concludes that the record does not establish 
conditions under which FSS could operate at a higher power flux density 
(PFD) consistent with terrestrial use of the band. The Commission 
recognizes that Boeing has devoted considerable effort to address its 
questions about the rain fading issue. At this time, however, the 
Commission believes that allowing FSS to operate with a higher PFD 
would be inconsistent with its decisions to designate 37.5-40 GHz as an 
UMFUS band and to grant UMFUS licensees the flexibility to provide a 
wide variety of fixed and mobile technologies. UMFUS technologies are 
new, rapidly evolving, and proliferating. Boeing's studies emphasize 
coexistence with mobile broadband systems, but that is not the only use 
case being developed for this band. Verizon announced that it will 
begin offering 5G fixed wireless service to pilot customers in 11 
cities in the first half of 2017, and AT&T conducted its first 5G 
business customer trial in 2016 and states that it is currently 
pursuing 5G video trials with DirecTV NOW as well as additional fixed 
and mobile 5G trials with Qualcomm and Ericsson. The Commission notes 
that the existing PFD limits for satellite signals were designed to 
protect fixed systems. Another use case is IoT devices, which Boeing 
did not specifically consider. By one informed estimate, the IoT market 
could grow from an installed base of 15.4 billion devices in 2015 to 
30.7 billion devices in 2020 and 75.4 billion in 2025. The most salient 
issue, however, is not the sheer number of IoT devices that are likely 
but the plethora of designs being developed.
    122. Boeing's analysis proposes to impose limits on equivalent 
power-flux density (EPFD) instead of PFD on the ground. EPFD limits 
have been used in the Commission's rules to address the interference 
from NGSO FSS systems to GSO space stations as well as to earth 
stations receiving from such space stations. In these situations, the 
pointing direction of the interfered-with earth station antenna is 
fixed, the antenna pattern of the earth station is known, and the radio 
propagation conditions can be approximated by line of sight 
propagation. By contrast, UMFUS receivers use phased array antennas to 
dynamically form beams in the direction of the transmitter over the 
relative path of motion, and the received signals are generally subject 
to multipath propagation conditions. Boeing's analysis addressed the 
dynamic nature of UMFUS beamforming by modeling the random pointing of 
UMFUS antennas while using a 3GPP-suggested antenna pattern, and Boeing 
also presented computer simulation results for multipath environments 
in nine cities. Boeing's computer simulations illustrate the complexity 
of characterizing the interference performance of these systems and, 
even if the Commission was to adopt EPFD-based limits, additional work 
would be required. Furthermore, UMFUS receivers are in

[[Page 54]]

the early stage of development and have not yet been manufactured for 
deployment. Any EPFD limit set at this time based on a 3GPP-suggested 
antenna pattern may limit the future development of antenna reception 
technology for known applications or for applications that have not 
even been conceived.
    123. Boeing has made a good faith effort to model a broadly 
representative range of UMFUS devices and pointing conditions, but at 
this nascent stage of the technology it would be impossible to capture 
all variants of UMFUS use cases that could yet emerge. Under these 
circumstances, Boeing and others have not yet met the burden of proving 
that they can strengthen their satellite signals during rain storms 
without interfering with terrestrial systems in the 37.5-40 GHz band. 
Accordingly, the Commission will not make any changes to Sec.  
25.208(q) or (r) of its rules.
2. Authorizing Satellite User Equipment
    124. The Commission finds that allowing satellite earth stations in 
the 37.5-40 GHz band has the potential to result in a negative customer 
experience for satellite broadband consumers. It is true that no earth 
stations in the 37.5-40 GHz band will generate any direct interference 
because earth stations operate in a receive-only mode in that band, 
where satellite operations are authorized only in a space-to-Earth 
mode. In general, however, consumer earth stations tend to need 
stronger satellite signals than larger, more sophisticated gateway 
earth stations. The Commission has denied Boeing's request for 
increased power levels at this time, but Boeing could renew its 
request. If the Commission allowed satellite user equipment to use 
37.5-40 GHz on an opportunistic basis, but the buildout of terrestrial 
systems eventually required FSS operators to relinquish their use of 
channels below 40 GHz, customers could experience a reduction in 
service quality. The Commission does not agree with Boeing's argument 
that consumers could simply narrow their usage to bands above 40 GHz, 
where satellite is primary. If it is true, as Boeing argues, that 
additional bandwidth below 40 GHz is necessary to provide adequate 
high-speed internet service to consumers, then surely those same 
consumers would experience a decline in the quality of their services 
if they were required to relinquish those channels. Alternatively, if 
those consumers would not experience a decline in the quality of their 
service upon relinquishing channels below 40 GHz, the implication is 
that those channels are not necessary for the delivery of high-quality 
satellite service.
    125. The Commission agrees with Boeing that satellites could 
complement terrestrial services by providing assured coverage to rural 
areas, and it acknowledges that mmW mobile services will likely appear 
first in high-traffic areas. Recent developments, however, suggest that 
the same technologies that will support non-line-of-sight service to 
mobile users over short distances will also be able to support non-
line-of-sight service to fixed users over longer distances. For 
example, Starry says that it can provide fixed mmW service to consumers 
at distances up to 1 kilometer. However, the Commission finds that FSS 
proponents have not met their burden of demonstrating that allowing 
satellite end user devices in 37.5-40 GHz is necessary and appropriate. 
FSS will retain the 40-42 GHz band where satellite end user devices can 
be located without restriction. In addition, FSS can use the 37.5-40 
GHz band for a limited number of individually licensed earth stations. 
The Commission believes this framework promotes efficient spectrum use 
while providing both UMFUS and FSS with the opportunity to provide 
service.

E. Performance Requirements--Non-Federal Use-or-Share

    126. The Commission declines to adopt any use or share regime for 
any of the part 30 bands at this time. This only addresses use-or-share 
between non-Federal licensees. The Commission's decision here does not 
limit or prejudge any actions it may take concerning sharing mechanisms 
with Federal users in shared bands. Furthermore, the Commission's 
decision herein does not encompass the Lower 37 GHz Band, either 
between Federal and non-Federal users or between non-Federal users.
    127. The record reflects a lack of consensus on whether to adopt a 
use-or-share approach in the subject bands, and even among those who 
support the concept, on what specific use-or-share regime would best 
serve the public interest here. In any event, the Commission's 
assessment of the record leads us to conclude that the case has not 
been made that any one of the proposed variants of a use-or-share 
regime is likely to yield significant benefits. In contrast, commenters 
opposing implementation of a use-or-share regime in the subject bands 
have convinced us that whatever the speculative benefits may be, they 
are greatly outweighed by the likelihood that a use-or-share approach 
will discourage investment and delay deployment in these bands.
    128. In particular, administering the shared areas would appear to 
be overly burdensome, whether that burden fell on the Commission, the 
licensee, or the incoming shared users. The Commission notes the burden 
would be particularly high in mmW bands, given the very large number of 
possible deployments due to the limited propagation in these bands. 
Moreover, potential business models in these bands might not 
necessarily blanket large portions of the geography or population in 
the licensed areas during the initial term. Some commenters indicated 
cautious support for a use-or-share mechanism that would enable the 
licensee to ``claw back'' previously-shared spectrum if their future 
expansion required it, but such clawing back would be difficult to 
execute in practical terms, and would necessarily cause disruption to 
the operations of the shared users, potentially including customers 
among the public. Any SAS the Commission adopted to administer this 
system would face all the challenges it has discussed in other 
contexts, including difficulty defining appropriate terms and equitably 
distributing the cost of establishing and maintaining it. The 
Commission would also be risking significant delays in deployment of 
mmW networks during the time required to address these concerns.
    129. Discouraging investment is also a serious consideration. A 
prospective licensee purchases rights to a defined area, subject to a 
defined license term with defined buildout requirements at the end of 
it, which are calculated to be reasonably achievable within that 
timeframe. Prospective licensees plan their auction bids with these 
specifications in mind. A use-or-share regime divorced from buildout 
requirements, which opened up the entire portion of the license area 
not in actual use by the licensee on some date, would undermine this 
system and introduce uncertainty and instability into the auction 
process. Given the record on this issue, the Commission finds that 
imposing a use-or-share regime at this time would discourage 
investment. The Commission believes its concerns are particularly 
relevant in these bands given the nascent state of technology and the 
potential scale and cost of deployments.
    130. Given the well-documented challenges that would accompany the 
adoption of a use-or-share regime, the Commission would need a clear 
showing of benefits from a use-or-share regime in order to adopt such a 
regime. No such showing has been made here.

[[Page 55]]

In the 3.5 GHz band, the part 96 SAS-based system provides a form of 
use-or-share. The UMFUS bands that the Commission has established so 
far generally do not have similar incumbent or Federal coordination 
issues. Although some commenters argue that use-or-share would increase 
the efficiency of spectrum use in UMFUS bands, any such increase would 
require both entities willing and able to take advantage of such a 
regime, and a mechanism to be in place, while also preserving 
licensees' rights.
    131. The difficulty of crafting such a balanced mechanism is 
discussed above. In the matter of willing entities, the Commission 
notes that those commenters supporting use-or-share do not agree on how 
such a regime should be structured; all others who commented are 
opposed. With regard to the comments from Inmarsat and O3b, the 
Commission does not believe that a use-or-share regime that is useful 
only to the satellite industry, at the cost of complicating terrestrial 
deployment, is in the public interest. The use-or-share concept was 
proposed as a way to encourage additional flexible use of the UMFUS 
bands. That goal certainly encompasses additional sharing opportunities 
for satellite operators, but not to the extent that it impedes 
terrestrial deployment. Sharing mechanisms that will allow satellite 
operators to coexist with terrestrial licensees in the UMFUS bands have 
already been established, and will continue to be refined.
    132. The Commission also rejects O3b's argument that a use-or-share 
regime is required by the Communications Act. The Communications Act 
requires us to ``include performance requirements, such as appropriate 
deadlines and penalties for performance failures, to ensure prompt 
delivery of service to rural areas, to prevent stockpiling or 
warehousing of spectrum by licensees or permittees, and to promote 
investment in and rapid deployment of new technologies and services.'' 
The Commission has, in fact, included performance requirements in its 
regulations for the new UMFUS bands. Those requirements include 
appropriate deadlines and penalties for performance failures. The 
Commission has promulgated similarly-structured requirements in other 
bands and services. The Commission has designed the current performance 
requirements for UMFUS to balance encouraging deployment of potentially 
novel services with ensuring accountability in terms of actually 
providing service, and it is satisfied that its requirements meet the 
requirements of the Communications Act.
    133. Wi-Fi Alliance and Intel both suggested that given the 
difficulties of implementing a use-or-share regime, the best 
alternative to exclusive geographic area licensing is unlicensed 
spectrum. The Commission agrees. Unlicensed spectrum provides the low 
barriers to entry that can encourage innovative business models, while 
not undermining the substantial investments of which more established 
operators are capable. Given that the Commission has already made 
available a full 14 gigahertz of unlicensed spectrum in the mmW bands, 
it does not believe that it is in the public interest to complicate 
terrestrial deployment in the UMFUS bands.

F. Digital Station Identification

    134. The Commission declines to require mmW band licensees or 
operators to transmit digital identifiers. The record provides 
insufficient support for the adoption of digital ID requirements for 
these mmW bands, particularly if the Commission was to specify a 
particular format. In particular, commenters have pointed out that 
treatment of interference in these mmW bands would differ from how the 
Commission handles similar issues in most other wireless bands if the 
Commission were to require transmission of digital ID. The Commission 
observes that characteristics of the mmW bands at issue in the Report 
and Order and in the Second R&O make the occurrence of interference 
less likely in the first instance, relative to other bands. Licensees 
and operators in the bands being authorized generally will use short-
distance transmissions, creating more potential for spectrum reuse by 
multiple licensees in one area and generally limiting the location of 
an interfering party to a relatively small area. Further, ``pencil-
beam'' signal characteristics and other technologies being developed 
specifically for these bands should also make it easier for operations 
to co-exist in the same vicinity without causing interference to one 
another. The Commission acknowledges the important role of the agency 
in identifying and locating devices that cause harmful interference, 
but it finds that it is unnecessary and unsupported in the case of 
these mmW bands to adopt a digital ID requirement.

G. Technical Issues

1. Antenna Height
    135. Based on the record, the Commission declines to adopt antenna 
height limits. The Commission agrees with 5G Americas and Qualcomm that 
there may be uses in these bands that could require higher antenna 
heights. The Commission also agrees that licensees are in the best 
position to determine their network configuration and when antenna 
downtilt is necessary. The Commission finds that the comments in 
support of adopting antenna height limits and corresponding power 
reductions have failed to demonstrate that limits are necessary to 
avoid interference. The supporters of antenna height limits have not 
provided any engineering analysis or examples of deployments supporting 
the need for antenna height limits. In the absence of a clear showing 
that antenna and power limits are necessary, the Commission believes 
that it should minimize regulatory burdens and maximize flexibility for 
licensees to deploy diverse systems and to coordinate with adjacent 
licensees to avoid interference.
    136. While Samsung and T-Mobile argue that adopting antenna height 
restrictions would be consistent with how other wireless technology 
services are regulated, antenna height limits do not apply to all part 
27 radio services. For instance, the 305 meter threshold limitation 
does not apply to the Advanced Wireless Services (AWS), the Broadband 
Radio Service (BRS), or the Educational Broadband Service (EBS). The 
Commission also notes that antenna height thresholds and corresponding 
power reductions primarily apply to lower frequency bands, while higher 
frequency bands generally do not have such limits.
    137. The Commission agrees with Boeing that there is an increased 
likelihood of clear line of sight conditions as the base station tower 
height increases. As 5G Americas and Qualcomm note, however, service 
providers also may operate facilities in these bands that require line 
of sight operations hundreds of meters above ground level. The 
Commission does not want to adopt rules that would unnecessarily 
restrict licensee's flexibility to deploy diverse systems. Further, as 
5G Americas notes, licensees can work together coordinating height of 
facilities, beam tilt and angular discrimination as needed to protect 
each other in the same market, and meet the power levels at a given 
border to protect adjacent service. In the absence of clear evidence 
that PFD limits and licensee to licensee coordination are insufficient 
to prevent interference, the Commission concludes that additional 
regulatory requirements are not necessary.
    138. Finally, while Starry asks that specific language be added to 
part 27

[[Page 56]]

rules to account for the variations in technical characteristics 
between mmW and low band spectrum, it has not provided sufficient 
detail or an explanation of what this proposed language should include. 
For the reasons noted above, the Commission declines to adopt antenna 
height thresholds and corresponding power reductions.
2. Coordination Criteria at Market Borders for Fixed Point-to-Point 
Operations
    139. The Commission declines to revise the coordination criteria 
for point-to-point operations. While the Commission appreciates 
Nextlink's and Starry's efforts to develop alternative coordination 
criteria, no party has identified any concrete defect or problem with 
the existing coordination criteria. While it is true that the 
Commission has established smaller license areas in these bands, no 
showing has been made that changes in coordination criteria are needed 
to accommodate those smaller license areas. Indeed, T-Mobile believes 
the existing criteria work well. Furthermore, under Nextlink's and 
Starry's proposals, applicants would have to conduct an engineering 
analysis in order to determine whether a link needed to be coordinated. 
The Commission does not believe the benefit of having to avoid 
coordination in certain circumstances justifies requiring applicants to 
do an engineering analysis to identify whether links require 
coordination. The existing rules provide clear standards that licensees 
can readily apply to determine when coordination is needed.
    140. Another problem with the Nextlink and Starry proposals is that 
they are not supported by the technical analysis requested in the 
FNPRM. Starry's proposal lacks specific details as to how the contour 
zone would be calculated, what protection threshold would be provided 
within the contour zone, or how the 50-meter height was derived. 
Because of the lack of details in Starry's proposal, the Commission is 
not able to determine whether it would adequately mitigate interference 
and therefore cannot adopt it. Nextlink's proposal, while more 
developed than Starry's, also was not supported with technical analysis 
that describes how their method would ensure adequate mitigation of 
interference between adjacent area licensees. Specifically, Nextlink's 
methodology appears to assume that the signal level produced by a 
transmitter operating at maximum EIRP oriented directly at the market 
border, taking into account free space loss at 20 km, will not cause 
interference to adjacent licensees. This may not be the case. Given the 
lack of technical analysis and the failure to demonstrate a need for 
revised criteria, the Commission concludes that retaining the existing 
coordination criteria at market borders for fixed point-to-point 
operations is most appropriate.
3. Minimum Bandwidth for Given BS/MS/Transportable Transmit Power 
Levels
    141. At this time, the Commission maintains its current power limit 
rules for mobile and transportable classes without scaling. While the 
Commission recognizes that power scaling can potentially help limit 
interference among UMFUS providers and other services using these 
bands, it also recognizes that there are other methods that can help 
limit interference, such as power control. Furthermore, UMFUS providers 
have an incentive to maintain a balanced power spectral density among 
all their network components if they wish to avoid interference within 
their own networks. The Commission agrees with Nextlink and Qualcomm 
that at this nascent stage of 5G technological development establishing 
power scaling factors could inadvertently preclude some yet-to-be-
developed use cases and prematurely constrain development of the next 
generation of devices.
    142. The Commission declines to establish a minimum bandwidth 
requirement because there is no need for such a requirement and 
establishing such a requirement could accidentally preclude uses of 
this spectrum. These bands can facilitate data exchange for a great 
number of devices embedded with electronics, software, sensors, and 
actuators (e.g., IoT). Different types of devices may have 
significantly different bandwidth requirements. For example, a utility 
meter that exchanges data on monthly or even daily bases requires far 
less bandwidth than a live video streaming device monitoring an inter. 
Given the early stage of 5G technological development, the Commission 
chose not to impose a regulatory requirement and provide equipment 
developers with flexibility to design equipment to meet market needs. 
Consequently, the Commission will not adopt a minimum bandwidth for 
UMFUS devices.
4. Sharing Analysis and Modeling
    143. The Commission will remain flexible with respect to the 
appropriate propagation model to apply when analyzing sharing in the 
mmW bands. As many commenters pointed out, the appropriate sharing 
model at mmW frequencies will depend on the particular sharing 
environment, including whether the interference path is terrestrial, 
air-to-ground or space-to-ground, as well as the technologies deployed. 
As a general principle, the Commission concurs with the commenters who 
support models and scenarios that consider a statistical probability of 
interference based on deployment, propagation, and usage scenarios as 
opposed to a worse case approach.

V. Procedural Matters

    144. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA), 
the Commission has prepared a Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis 
(FRFA) and a Supplementary Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis 
(Supplemental FRFA) of the possible significant economic impact on 
small entities of the policies and rules adopted in the Second Report 
and Order and Order on Reconsideration. The analysis associated with 
the policies and rules in Second Report and Order are contained in the 
FRFA, and the Supplemental FRFA contains the analysis associated with 
the policies and rules in Order on Reconsideration.

VI. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis

A. Need for, and Objectives of, the Final Rules

    145. In the Second R&O, the Commission increases the Nation's 
supply of spectrum for mobile broadband by adopting rules for fixed and 
mobile services in the 24.25-24.45 GHz and 24.75-25.25 GHz band (24 GHz 
band), and the 47.2-48.2 GHz band. The Commission includes these bands 
in the part 30 UMFUS. This additional spectrum for mobile use will help 
ensure that the speed, capacity, and ubiquity of the nation's wireless 
networks keeps pace with the skyrocketing demand for mobile service. It 
will also make possible new types of services for consumers and 
businesses. The Commission will award PEA-based licenses for these 
bands to best balance the needs of large and small carriers, with 
partitioning available for the 24 GHz band.
    146. Until recently, the mmW bands were generally considered 
unsuitable for mobile applications because of propagation losses at 
such high frequencies and the inability of mmW signals to propagate 
around obstacles. As increasing congestion has begun to fill the lower 
bands and carriers have resorted to smaller and smaller

[[Page 57]]

microcells in order to re-use the available spectrum, however, industry 
is taking another look at the mmW bands and beginning to realize that 
at least some of its presumed disadvantages can be turned to advantage. 
For example, short transmission paths and high propagation losses can 
facilitate spectrum re-use in microcellular deployments by limiting the 
amount of interference between adjacent cells. Furthermore, where 
longer paths are desired, the extremely short wavelengths of mmW 
signals make it feasible for very small antennas to concentrate signals 
into highly focused beams with enough gain to overcome propagation 
losses. The short wavelengths of mmW signals also make it possible to 
build multi-element, dynamic beam-forming antennas that will be small 
enough to fit into handsets--a feat that might never be possible at the 
lower, longer-wavelength frequencies below 6 GHz where cell phones 
operate.
    147. The Commission also revises its rules for sharing between 
UMFUS and satellite services in the 28 GHz, 39 GHz, and 37 GHz bands, 
and apply the revised rules to the 47 GHz band. Specifically, the 
Commission revises the population limits and numerical limits on 
satellite earth stations in those bands. These revisions will 
facilitate the placement of earth stations in smaller markets and 
promote coexistence between UMFUS and satellite services.
    148. The Commission further revises its rules for the 57-71 GHz 
band to allow unlicensed operation on board aircraft under part 15 of 
the Commission's rules. This rule change will facilitate expanded 
access to broadband services in flight.
    149. Overall, the new provisions the Commission is adopting are 
designed to allow licensees, particularly smaller entities, to choose 
their type of service offerings, to encourage innovation and investment 
in mobile and fixed use in this spectrum, and to provide a stable 
regulatory environment in which fixed, mobile, and satellite deployment 
will be able to develop through the application of flexible rules. The 
market-oriented licensing framework for these bands will ensure that 
this spectrum is efficiently utilized and will foster the development 
of new and innovative technologies and services, as well as encourage 
the growth and development of a wide variety of services, ultimately 
leading to greater benefits to consumers.

B. Summary of Significant Issues Raised by Public Comments in Response 
to the IRFA

    150. No comments were filed that specifically addressed the 
proposed rules and policies presented in the IRFA.

C. Response to Comments by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small 
Business Administration

    151. Pursuant to the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, which amended 
the RFA, the Commission is required to respond to any comments filed by 
the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration 
(SBA), and to provide a detailed statement of any change made to the 
proposed rules as a result of those comments. The Chief Counsel did not 
file any comments in response to the proposed rules in this proceeding.

D. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities To Which 
the Final Rules Will Apply

    152. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of, and 
where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be 
affected by the proposed rules and policies, if adopted herein. The RFA 
generally defines the term ``small entity'' as having the same meaning 
as the terms ``small business,'' ``small organization,'' and ``small 
governmental jurisdiction.'' In addition, the term ``small business'' 
has the same meaning as the term ``small business concern'' under the 
Small Business Act. A ``small business concern'' is one which: (1) Is 
independently owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in its field of 
operation; and (3) satisfies any additional criteria established by the 
SBA.
    153. Small Businesses, Small Organizations, and Small Governmental 
Jurisdictions. The Commission's action may, over time, affect small 
entities that are not easily categorized at present. The Commission 
therefore describes here, at the outset, three broad groups of small 
entities that could be directly affected herein. First, while there are 
industry specific size standards for small businesses that are used in 
the regulatory flexibility analysis, according to data from the SBA's 
Office of Advocacy, in general a small business is an independent 
business having fewer than 500 employees. These types of small 
businesses represent 99.9 percent of all businesses in the United 
States, which translates to 28.8 million businesses. Next, the type of 
small entity described as a ``small organization'' is generally ``any 
not-for-profit enterprise which is independently owned and operated and 
is not dominant in its field.'' Nationwide, as of 2007, there were 
approximately 1,621,215 small organizations. Finally, the small entity 
described as a ``small governmental jurisdiction'' is defined generally 
as ``governments of cities, towns, townships, villages, school 
districts, or special districts, with a population of less than fifty 
thousand.'' U.S. Census Bureau data published in 2012 indicate that 
there were 89,476 governmental jurisdictions in the United States. The 
Commission estimates that, of this total, as many as 88,761 entities 
may qualify as ``small governmental jurisdictions.'' Thus, the 
Commission estimates that most governmental jurisdictions are small.
    154. Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite). This 
industry comprises establishments engaged in operating and maintaining 
switching and transmission facilities to provide communications via the 
airwaves. Establishments in this industry have spectrum licenses and 
provide services using that spectrum, such as cellular services, paging 
services, wireless internet access, and wireless video services. The 
appropriate size standard under SBA rules is that such a business is 
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. For this industry, U.S. 
Census Bureau data for 2012 show that there were 967 firms that 
operated for the entire year. Of this total, 955 firms had employment 
of 999 or fewer employees and 12 had employment of 1,000 employees or 
more. Thus, under this category and the associated size standard, the 
Commission estimates that the majority of wireless telecommunications 
carriers (except satellite) are small entities.
    155. Fixed Microwave Services. Microwave services include common 
carrier, private-operational fixed, and broadcast auxiliary radio 
services. They also include the UMFUS and the mmW Service where 
licensees can choose between common carrier and non-common carrier 
status. At present, there are approximately 66,680 common carrier fixed 
licensees, 69,360 private and public safety operational-fixed 
licensees, 20,150 broadcast auxiliary radio licensees, 411 LMDS 
licenses, 33 24 GHz DEMS licenses, 777 39 GHz licenses, and five 24 GHz 
licenses, and 467 mmW licenses in the microwave services. The 
Commission has not yet defined a small business with respect to 
microwave services. The closest applicable SBA category is Wireless 
Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite) and the appropriate size 
standard for this category under SBA

[[Page 58]]

rules is that such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer 
employees. For this industry, U.S. Census Bureau data for 2012 shows 
that there were 967 firms that operated for the entire year. Of this 
total, 955 had employment of 999 or fewer, and 12 firms had employment 
of 1,000 employees or more. Thus, under this SBA category and the 
associated standard, the Commission estimates that the majority of 
fixed microwave service licensees can be considered small.
    156. The Commission does not have data specifying the number of 
these licensees that have more than 1,500 employees, and thus is unable 
at this time to estimate with greater precision the number of fixed 
microwave service licensees that would qualify as small business 
concerns under the SBA's small business size standard. Consequently, 
the Commission estimates that there are up to 36,708 common carrier 
fixed licensees and up to 59,291 private operational-fixed licensees 
and broadcast auxiliary radio licensees in the microwave services that 
may be small and may be affected by the rules and policies adopted 
herein. The Commission notes, however, that both the common carrier 
microwave fixed and the private operational microwave fixed licensee 
categories includes some large entities.
    157. Satellite Telecommunications and All Other Telecommunications. 
This category comprises firms ``primarily engaged in providing 
telecommunications services to other establishments in the 
telecommunications and broadcasting industries by forwarding and 
receiving communications signals via a system of satellites or 
reselling satellite telecommunications.'' The category has a small 
business size standard of $32.5 million or less in average annual 
receipts, under SBA rules. For this category, U.S. Census Bureau data 
for 2012 shows that there were a total of 333 firms that operated for 
the entire year. Of this total, 299 firms had annual receipts of less 
than $25 million. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the 
majority of satellite telecommunications providers are small entities.
    158. All Other Telecommunications. The ``All Other 
Telecommunications'' category is comprised of establishments primarily 
engaged in providing specialized telecommunications services, such as 
satellite tracking, communications telemetry, and radar station 
operation. This industry also includes establishments primarily engaged 
in providing satellite terminal stations and associated facilities 
connected with one or more terrestrial systems and capable of 
transmitting telecommunications to, and receiving telecommunications 
from, satellite systems. Establishments providing internet services or 
voice over internet protocol (VoIP) services via client-supplied 
telecommunications connections are also included in this industry.'' 
The SBA has developed a small business size standard for ``All Other 
Telecommunications,'' which consists of all such firms with gross 
annual receipts of $32.5 million or less. For this category, U.S. 
Census Bureau data for 2012 shows that there were a total of 1442 firms 
that operated for the entire year. Of these firms, a total of 1400 
firms had gross annual receipts of under $25 million and 42 firms had 
gross annual receipts of $25 million to $49,999,999. Thus, the 
Commission estimates that a majority of ``All Other 
Telecommunications'' firms potentially affected by its actions can be 
considered small.
    159. Radio and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications 
Equipment Manufacturing. This industry comprises establishments 
primarily engaged in manufacturing radio and television broadcast and 
wireless communications equipment. Examples of products made by these 
establishments are: Transmitting and receiving antennas, cable 
television equipment, GPS equipment, pagers, cellular phones, mobile 
communications equipment, and radio and television studio and 
broadcasting equipment.'' The SBA has established a size standard for 
this industry of 1,250 employees or less. U.S. Census Bureau data for 
2012 shows that 841 establishments operated in this industry in that 
year. Of that number, 828 establishments operated with fewer than 1,000 
employees, 7 establishments operated with between 1,000 and 2,499 
employees and 6 establishments operated with 2,500 or more employees. 
Based on this data, the Commission concludes that a majority of 
manufacturers in this industry is small.

E. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other 
Compliance Requirements

    160. The projected reporting, recordkeeping, and other compliance 
requirements in the Second Report and Order will apply to all entities 
in the same manner. The revisions the Commission adopts should benefit 
small entities by giving them more information, more flexibility, and 
more options for gaining access to wireless spectrum.
    161. Small entities and other applicants for UMFUS licenses will be 
required to file license applications using the Commission's automated 
Universal Licensing System (ULS). ULS is an online electronic filing 
system that also serves as a powerful information tool, one that 
enables potential licensees to research applications, licenses, and 
antenna structures. It also keeps the public informed with weekly 
public notices, FCC rulemakings, processing utilities, and a 
telecommunications glossary. Small entities, like all other entities 
who are UMFUS applicants, must submit long-form license applications 
must do so through ULS using Form 601, FCC Ownership Disclosure 
Information for the Wireless Telecommunications Services using FCC Form 
602, and other appropriate forms.
    162. The Commission expects that the filing, recordkeeping and 
reporting requirements associated with the demands described above will 
require small businesses as well as other entities that intend to 
utilize these new UMFUS licenses to use professional, accounting, 
engineering or survey services in order to meet these requirements. As 
described below, several steps have been taken that will alleviate the 
burdens of the requirements on small businesses.

F. Steps Taken To Minimize the Significant Economic Impact on Small 
Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered

    163. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant 
alternatives that it has considered in reaching its approach, which may 
include the following four alternatives (among others): (1) The 
establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or 
timetables that take into account the resources available to small 
entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of 
compliance or reporting requirements under the rule for small entities; 
(3) the use of performance, rather than design, standards; and (4) an 
exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for small 
entities.
    164. As noted above, the various construction and performance 
requirements and their associated showings will be the same for small 
and large businesses that license the UMFUS bands. To the extent 
applying the rules equally to all entities results in the cost of 
complying with these burdens being relatively greater for smaller 
businesses than for large ones, these costs are necessary to effectuate 
the purpose of the Communications Act, namely to further the efficient 
use of spectrum and to prevent spectrum warehousing.

[[Page 59]]

Likewise compliance with the Commission's service and technical rules 
and coordination requirements are necessary for the furtherance of its 
goals of protecting the public while also providing interference free 
services. Moreover, while small and large businesses must equally 
comply with these rules and requirements, the Commission has taken the 
steps described below to alleviate the burden on small businesses that 
seek to comply with these requirements.
    165. First, the Second Report and Order provides that in the 24 GHz 
and 47.2-48.2 GHz bands small businesses will have the flexibility to 
provide any fixed or mobile service that is consistent with their 
spectrum allocation. This breaks with the recent past in which 24 GHz 
licensees were limited to only a single use licenses in these bands, 
and such new flexibility benefits small businesses by giving them more 
avenues for gaining access to valuable wireless spectrum.
    166. Furthermore, the PEA license areas chosen in the Second Report 
and Order should provide spectrum access opportunities for smaller 
carriers by giving them access to less densely populated areas that 
match their footprints. While PEAs and counties are small enough to 
provide spectrum access opportunities for smaller carriers and PEAs 
could even be further disaggregated, these units of area also nest 
within and may be aggregated to form larger license areas. Therefore, 
the benefits and burdens resulting from assigning spectrum in PEA are 
the result of the Commission balancing the needs of small and large 
businesses.
    167. Finally, the proposals to facilitate satellite service in the 
28 GHz and 37.5-40 GHz bands should also assist small satellite 
businesses by providing them with additional flexibility to locate 
their earth stations without causing interference to or receiving 
interference from UMFUS licensees.

G. Federal Rules That May Duplicate, Overlap, or Conflict With the 
Final Rules

    168. None.

VII. Supplementary Final Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis

A. Need for, and Objective of, the Final Rules

    169. In the July 2016 R&O, the Commission made mmW spectrum 
available through both licensed and unlicensed mechanisms. The 
Commission authorized both fixed and mobile operations in the 28 GHz 
and 39 GHz bands using geographic area licensing through the creation 
of a new UMFUS. The Commission also limited the number of FSS earth 
station locations to three per county in the 28 GHz band and three per 
PEA in the 37.5-40 GHz band. It protected a limited number of Federal 
military sites across the full 37 GHz band and maintained the existing 
Federal fixed and mobile allocations throughout the band. In the 64-71 
GHz band, the Commission authorized unlicensed operations under part 15 
based on the rules for the adjacent 57-64 GHz band, providing more 
spectrum for unlicensed uses like short-range devices for interactive 
motion sensing and Wi-Fi-like ``WiGig'' operations.
    170. The Commission also set up licensing and operating rules for 
the UMFUS. It granted mobile operating rights to existing LMDS and 28 
GHz band licensees, while subdividing their existing licensees to 
either the county or PEA level. The Commission adopted service and 
technical rules to facilitate full and complete use of the bands. It 
also adopted spectrum holdings policies for the 28GHz, 37 GHz, and 39 
GHz bands that apply to licenses acquired through auctions and the 
secondary market. It also adopted performance requirements for mobile, 
point-to-multipoint, and fixed uses. The Commission adopted a 
requirement that UMFUS licensees submit a statement describing their 
security plans and related information prior to commencing operations. 
It also restricted earth station interference zones from infringing 
upon any arterial streets or interstate or U.S. highway. Lastly, it 
deleted the broadcasting and broadcasting-satellite service allocations 
from the 42-42.5 GHz band (42 GHz band) and declined to allocate the 
band to the FSS (space-to-Earth).
    171. In this Order on Reconsideration, the Commission rescinds the 
reporting and security requirements for UMFUS licensees. Instead, the 
Commission seeks industry input through the CSRIC process. The 
Commission will also provide additional flexibility in smaller markets. 
The Commission modifies and limit the prohibition of earth station 
interference zones from infringing on a specific set of roads, as 
defined and classified by the U.S. Department of Transportation: 
Interstate, Other Freeways and Expressways, or Other Principal 
Arterial. Finally, the Commission increases the three locations per 
license area limit on earth stations in the 37.5-40 GHz band to 15 in 
each PEA, subject to an additional limitation of no more than three 
earth stations per county.
    172. The analysis of the Commission's efforts to minimize the 
possible significant economic impact on small entities as described in 
the previous FRFA in this proceeding is hereby incorporated into this 
FRFA. As a result of the Commission's actions in this Order on 
Reconsideration small entities as well as other licensees will save 
time and resources that would have been spent complying with the 
service and technical rules. The cost of compliance with the July 2016 
R&O is relatively greater for smaller businesses, however with the 
rescission of the security measures, some of that compliance cost is 
eliminated. The Commission believes this should result in small 
businesses having an easier time providing service.

B. Summary of Significant Issues Raised by Public Comments in Response 
to the IRFA

    173. No comments were filed that specifically addressed the 
proposed rules and policies presented in the IRFA.

C. Response to Comments by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small 
Business Administration

    174. Pursuant to the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, which amended 
the RFA, the Commission is required to respond to any comments filed by 
the Chief Counsel of the Small Business Administration (SBA), and to 
provide a detailed statement of any change made to the proposed rule(s) 
as a result of those comments
    175. The Chief Counsel did not file any comments in response to the 
proposed rules in this proceeding.

D. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which 
the Rules Would Apply

    176. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of, and 
where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be 
affected by the proposed rules and policies, if adopted herein. The RFA 
generally defines the term ``small entity'' as having the same meaning 
as the terms ``small business,'' ``small organization,'' and ``small 
governmental jurisdiction.'' In addition, the term ``small business'' 
has the same meaning as the term ``small business concern'' under the 
Small Business Act. A ``small business concern'' is one which: (1) Is 
independently owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in its field of 
operation; and (3) satisfies any additional criteria established by the 
SBA.
    177. As noted above, a FRFA was incorporated into the July 2016 
R&O. In that analysis, the Commission described

[[Page 60]]

in detail the small entities that might be significantly affected by 
the rules adopted in the R&O. In this Order on Reconsideration, the 
Commission hereby incorporates by reference the descriptions and 
estimates of the number of small entities from the previous FRFA in 
this proceeding.

E. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other 
Compliance Requirements for Small Entities

    178. The reporting, recordkeeping and other compliance requirements 
for small entities required by the July 2016 R&O as described in the 
previous FRFA in this proceeding is hereby incorporated into this FRFA. 
The actions taken in this Order on Reconsideration revise those 
requirements by no longer requiring small entities as well as other 
licensees to submit general statements of their plans for safeguarding 
their networks and devices from security breaches. The changes to the 
Earth station siting requirement will not change the reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements applicable to the rules.

F. Steps Taken To Minimize the Significant Economic Impact on Small 
Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered

    179. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant, 
specifically small business, alternatives, that it has considered in 
reaching its approach, which may include the following four 
alternatives (among others): ``(1) The establishment of differing 
compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take into 
account the resources available to small entities; (2) the 
clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance or 
reporting requirements under the rule for such small entities; (3) the 
use of performance rather than design standards; and (4) and exemption 
from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for such small 
entities.''
    180. The analysis of the Commission's efforts to minimize the 
possible significant economic impact on small entities as described in 
the previous FRFA in this proceeding is hereby incorporated into this 
FRFA. As a result of the Commission's actions in this Order on 
Reconsideration small entities as well as other licensees will save 
time and resources that would have been spent complying with the 
security reporting requirement. The Commission believes this should 
result in small businesses having an easier time providing service. The 
changes to the Earth station limits from three per PEA to 15 per PEA 
should increase competition and allow more opportunities for small 
businesses.

G. Report to Congress

    181. The Commission will send a copy of this Order, including this 
Supplemental FRFA, in a report to be sent to Congress and the 
Government Accountability Office pursuant to the Small Business 
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996. In addition, the 
Commission will send a copy of this Order, including the Supplemental 
FRFA, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business 
Administration. A copy of this Order and Supplemental FRFA (or 
summaries thereof) will also be published in the Federal Register.

VIII. Ordering Clauses

    182. It is ordered, pursuant to the authority found in sections 1, 
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 301, 302, 302a, 303, 304, 307, 309, and 310 of the 
Communications Act of 1934, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 157, 
301, 302, 302a, 303, 304, 307, 309, and 310, Section 706 of the 
Telecommunications Act of 1996, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 1302, and Sec.  
1.411 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.411, that this Second Report 
and Order, Second Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, Order on 
Reconsideration, and Memorandum Opinion and Order is hereby adopted.
    183. It is further ordered that the provisions and requirements of 
this Second Report and Order, Second Further Notice of Proposed 
Rulemaking, Order on Reconsideration, and Memorandum Opinion and Order 
and the rules adopted herein will become effective February 1, 2018, 
except for those provisions which will become effective January 2, 
2018, and those rules and requirements which contain new or modified 
information collection requirements that require approval by the Office 
of Management and Budget under the Paperwork Reduction Act and will 
become effective after the Commission publishes a notice in the Federal 
Register announcing such approval and the relevant effective date.
    184. It is further ordered that the Commission's Consumer and 
Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference Information Center, shall send a 
copy of this Second Report and Order, Second Further Notice of Proposed 
Rulemaking, Order on Reconsideration, and Memorandum Opinion and Order, 
including the Final, Supplemental Final, and Initial Regulatory 
Flexibility Analysis, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small 
Business Administration.
    185. It is further ordered that the Commission shall send a copy of 
the Report and Order to Congress and the Government Accountability 
Office pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, see 5 U.S.C. 
801(a)(1)(A).

List of Subjects in 47 CFR Parts 1, 2, 15, 25, 30, and 101

    Communications common carriers, Communications equipment, Reporting 
and recordkeeping requirements.

Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary, Office of the Secretary.

Final Rules

    For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal 
Communications Commission amends 47 CFR parts 1, 2, 15, 25, 30, and 101 
as follows:

PART 1--PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE

0
1. The authority citation for part 1 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 154(j), 155, 157, 160, 201, 
225, 227, 303, 309, 332, 1403, 1404, 1451, 1452, and 1455.


0
2. Section 1.901 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  1.901  Basis and purpose.

    The rules in this subpart are issued pursuant to the Communications 
Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151 et seq. The purpose of the rules 
in this subpart is to establish the requirements and conditions under 
which entities may be licensed in the Wireless Radio Services as 
described in this part and in parts 13, 20, 22, 24, 27, 30, 74, 80, 87, 
90, 95, 96, 97, and 101 of this chapter.

0
3. Section 1.902 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  1.902  Scope.

    In case of any conflict between the rules set forth in this subpart 
and the rules set forth in parts 13, 20, 22, 24, 27, 30, 74, 80, 87, 
90, 95, 96, 97, and 101 of title 47, chapter I of the Code of Federal 
Regulations, the rules in this part shall govern.

PART 2--FREQUENCY ALLOCATIONS AND RADIO TREATY MATTERS; GENERAL 
RULES AND REGULATIONS

0
4. The authority citation for part 2 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, and 336, unless otherwise 
noted.


0
5. Section 2.106, the Table of Frequency Allocations, is amended as 
follows:
0
a. Pages 54 and 59 are revised.

[[Page 61]]

0
b. In the list of non-Federal Government (NG) Footnotes, footnote NG65 
is added.
    The revisions and addition read as follows:


Sec.  2.106  Table of Frequency Allocations.

* * * * *
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR02JA18.002


[[Page 62]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR02JA18.003

BILLING CODE 6712-01-C
* * * * *

Non-Federal Government (NG) Footnotes

* * * * *
    NG65 In the band 47.2-48.2 GHz, stations in the fixed and mobile 
services may not claim protection from individually licensed earth 
stations authorized pursuant to 47 CFR 25.136. However, nothing in this 
footnote shall limit the right of UMFUS licensees to operate in 
conformance with the technical rules contained in 47 CFR part 30. The 
Commission reserves the right to monitor developments and to undertake 
further action concerning

[[Page 63]]

interference between UMFUS and FSS, including aggregate interference to 
satellite receivers, if appropriate.
* * * * *

PART 15--RADIO FREQUENCY DEVICES

0
6. The authority citation for part 15 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303(r), 304, 307, 336, 544a, 
and 549.

0
7. Amend Sec.  15.255 by revising paragraph (a)(1), redesignating 
paragraphs (b) through (h) as paragraphs (c) through (i), adding new 
paragraph (b), and revising newly redesignated paragraphs (c)(1)(ii)(A) 
and (c)(3) to read as follows:


Sec.  15.255  Operation within the band 57-71 GHz.

    (a) * * *
    (1) Equipment used on satellites.
* * * * *
    (b) Operation on aircraft is permitted under the following 
conditions:
    (1) When the aircraft is on the ground.
    (2) While airborne, only in closed exclusive on-board communication 
networks within the aircraft, with the following exceptions:
    (i) Equipment shall not be used in wireless avionics intra-
communication (WAIC) applications where external structural sensors or 
external cameras are mounted on the outside of the aircraft structure.
    (ii) Equipment shall not be used on aircraft where there is little 
attenuation of RF signals by the body/fuselage of the aircraft. These 
aircraft include, but are not limited to, toy/model aircraft, unmanned 
aircraft, crop-spraying aircraft, aerostats, etc.
    (c) * * *
    (1) * * *
    (ii) * * *
    (A) The provisions in this paragraph (c) for reducing transmit 
power based on antenna gain shall not require that the power levels be 
reduced below the limits specified in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this 
section.
* * * * *
    (3) For fixed field disturbance sensors other than those operating 
under the provisions of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, and short-
range devices for interactive motion sensing, the peak transmitter 
conducted output power shall not exceed -10 dBm and the peak EIRP level 
shall not exceed 10 dBm.
* * * * *

PART 25--SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS

0
8. The authority citation for part 25 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  Interprets or applies 47 U.S.C. 154, 301, 302, 303, 
307, 309, 310, 319, 332, 605, and 721, unless otherwise noted.

0
9. Amend Sec.  25.130 by revising paragraph (b) and the note to 
paragraph (g) to read as follows:


Sec.  25.130  Filing requirements for transmitting earth stations.

* * * * *
    (b)(1) Applicants for earth stations transmitting in frequency 
bands shared with equal rights between terrestrial and space services 
must provide a frequency coordination analysis in accordance with Sec.  
25.203(b), and must include any notification or demonstration required 
by any other relevant provision in Sec.  25.203.
    (2) Applicants for user transceiver units associated with the NVNG 
MSS must provide the information required by Sec.  25.135.
    (3) Applicants for 1.6/2.4 GHz MSS user transceivers must 
demonstrate that the transceivers will operate in compliance with 
relevant requirements in Sec.  25.213.
    (4) Applicants for earth stations licensed in accordance with Sec.  
25.136 must demonstrate that the transmitting earth stations will meet 
the relevant criteria specified in that, including any showings 
required under Sec.  25.136(a)(4), (c), and/or (d)(4).
* * * * *
    (g) * * *
    Note 1 to paragraph (g): This paragraph does not apply to 
applications for blanket-licensed earth station networks filed pursuant 
to Sec.  25.115(c) or Sec.  25.218; applications for conventional Ka-
band hub stations filed pursuant to Sec.  25.115(e); applications for 
NGSO FSS gateway earth stations filed pursuant to Sec.  25.115(f); 
applications for individually licensed earth stations filed pursuant to 
Sec.  25.136; applications filed pursuant to Sec. Sec.  25.221, Sec.  
25.222, Sec.  25.226, or Sec.  25.227; or applications for 29 GHz NGSO 
MSS feeder-link stations in a complex as defined in Sec.  25.257.

0
10. Amend Sec.  25.136 by revising the section heading and paragraphs 
(a) introductory text, (a)(4), (c), and (d) and adding paragraphs (e) 
and (f) to read as follows:


Sec.  25.136  Earth Stations in the 27.5-28.35 GHz, 37.5-40 GHz, and 
47.2-48.2 GHz bands.

    (a) FSS is secondary to the Upper Microwave Flexible Use Service in 
the 27.5-28.35 GHz band. Notwithstanding that secondary status, an 
applicant for a license for a transmitting earth station in the 27.5-
28.35 GHz band that meets one of the following criteria may be 
authorized to operate without providing interference protection to 
stations in the Upper Microwave Flexible Use Service:
* * * * *
    (4) The applicant demonstrates compliance with all of the following 
criteria in its application:
    (i) There are no more than two other authorized earth stations 
operating in the 27.5-28.35 GHz band within the county where the 
proposed earth station is located that meet the criteria contained in 
either paragraph (a)(1), (2), (3), or (4) of this section. For purposes 
of this requirement, multiple earth stations that are collocated with 
or at a location contiguous to each other shall be considered as one 
earth station;
    (ii) The area in which the earth station generates a PFD, at 10 
meters above ground level, of greater than or equal to -77.6 dBm/m2/
MHz, together with the similar area of any other earth station 
authorized pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, does not cover, 
in the aggregate, more than the amount of population of the UMFUS 
license area within which the earth station is located as noted in 
table 1 to this paragraph (a)(4)(ii):

                     Table 1 to Paragraph (a)(4)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Maximum permitted aggregate
                                           population within -77.6 dBm/
  Population within UMFUS license area    m\2\/MHz PFD contour of earth
                                                     stations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than 450,000...................  0.1 percent of population in
                                          UMFUS license area.
Between 6,000 and 450,000..............  450 people.
Fewer than 6,000.......................  7.5 percent of population in
                                          UMFUS license area.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 64]]

    (iii) The area in which the earth station generates a PFD, at 10 
meters above ground level, of greater than or equal to -77.6 dBm/m\2\/
MHz does not contain any major event venue, urban mass transit route, 
passenger railroad, or cruise ship port. In addition, the area 
mentioned in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section shall not cross any 
of the following types of roads, as defined in functional 
classification guidelines issued by the Federal Highway Administration 
pursuant to 23 CFR 470.105(b): Interstate, Other Freeways and 
Expressways, or Other Principal Arterial. The Federal Highway 
Administration Office of Planning, Environment, and Realty Executive 
Geographic Information System (HEPGIS) map contains information on the 
classification of roads. For purposes of this rule, an urban area shall 
be an Adjusted Urban Area as defined in section 101(a)(37) of Title 21 
of the United States Code.
    (iv) The applicant has successfully completed frequency 
coordination with the UMFUS licensees within the area in which the 
earth station generates a PFD, at 10 meters above ground level, of 
greater than or equal to -77.6 dBm/m\2\/MHz with respect to existing 
facilities constructed and in operation by the UMFUS licensee. In 
coordinating with UMFUS licensees, the applicant shall use the 
applicable processes contained in Sec.  101.103(d) of this chapter.
* * * * *
    (c) The protection zone (as defined in paragraph (b) of this 
section) shall comply with the following criteria. The applicant must 
demonstrate compliance with all of the following criteria in its 
application:
    (1) There are no more than two other authorized earth stations 
operating in the 37.5-40 GHz band within the county within which the 
proposed earth station is located that meet the criteria contained in 
paragraph (c) of this section, and there are no more than 14 other 
authorized earth stations operating in the 37.5-40 GHz band within the 
PEA within which the proposed earth station is located that meet the 
criteria contained in paragraph (c) of this section. For purposes of 
this requirement, multiple earth stations that are collocated with or 
at a location contiguous to each other shall be considered as one earth 
station;
    (2) The protection zone, together with the protection zone of other 
earth stations in the same PEA authorized pursuant to this, does not 
cover, in the aggregate, more than the amount of population of the PEA 
within which the earth station is located as noted in table 1 to this 
paragraph (c)(2):

                       Table 1 to Paragraph (c)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Maximum permitted aggregate
Population within Partial Economic Area    population within protection
  (PEA) where earth station is located        zone of earth stations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than 2,250,000.................  0.1 percent of population in
                                          PEA.
Between 60,000 and 2,250,000...........  2,250 people.
Fewer than 60,000......................  3.75 percent of population in
                                          PEA.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) The protection zone does not contain any major event venue, 
urban mass transit route, passenger railroad, or cruise ship port. In 
addition, the area mentioned in the preceding sentence shall not cross 
any of the following types of roads, as defined in functional 
classification guidelines issued by the Federal Highway Administration 
pursuant to 23 CFR 470.105(b): Interstate, Other Freeways and 
Expressways, or Other Principal Arterial. The Federal Highway 
Administration Office of Planning, Environment, and Realty Executive 
Geographic Information System (HEPGIS) map contains information on the 
classification of roads. For purposes of this rule, an urban area shall 
be an Adjusted Urban Area as defined in section 101(a)(37) of Title 21 
of the United States Code.
    (4) The applicant has successfully completed frequency coordination 
with the UMFUS licensees within the protection zone with respect to 
existing facilities constructed and in operation by the UMFUS licensee. 
In coordinating with UMFUS licensees, the applicant shall use the 
applicable processes contained in Sec.  101.103(d) of this chapter.
    (d) Notwithstanding that FSS is co-primary with the Upper Microwave 
Flexible Use Service in the 47.2-48.2 GHz band, earth stations in the 
47.2-48.2 GHz band shall be limited to individually licensed earth 
stations. An applicant for a license for a transmitting earth station 
in the 47.2-48.2 GHz band must meet one of the following criteria to be 
authorized to operate without providing any additional interference 
protection to stations in the Upper Microwave Flexible Use Service:
    (1) The FSS licensee also holds the relevant Upper Microwave 
Flexible Use Service license(s) for the area in which the earth station 
generates a PFD, at 10 meters above ground level, of greater than or 
equal to -77.6 dBm/m\2\/MHz; or
    (2) The earth station in the 47.2-48.2 GHz band was authorized 
prior to February 1, 2018; or
    (3) The application for the earth station in the 47.2-48.2 GHz band 
was filed prior to February 1, 2018; or
    (4) The applicant demonstrates compliance with all of the following 
criteria in its application:
    (i) There are no more than two other authorized earth stations 
operating in the 47.2-48.2 GHz band within the county where the 
proposed earth station is located that meet the criteria contained in 
paragraph (d)(1), (2), (3), or (4) of this section, and there are no 
more than 14 other authorized earth stations operating in the 47.2-48.2 
GHz band within the PEA where the proposed earth station is located 
that meet the criteria contained in paragraph (d)(1), (2), (3), or (4) 
of this section. For purposes of this requirement, multiple earth 
stations that are collocated with or at a location contiguous to each 
other shall be considered as one earth station;
    (ii) The area in which the earth station generates a PFD, at 10 
meters above ground level, of greater than or equal to -77.6 dBm/m\2\/
MHz, together with the similar area of any other earth station 
authorized pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, does not cover, 
in the aggregate, more than the amount of population of the PEA within 
which the earth station is located as noted in table 1 to this 
paragraph (d)(4)(ii):

[[Page 65]]



                     Table 1 to Paragraph (d)(4)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Maximum permitted aggregate
Population within Partial Economic Area    population within -77.6 dBm/
  (PEA) where earth station is located    m\2\/MHz PFD contour of earth
                                                     stations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than 2,250,000.................  0.1 percent of population in
                                          PEA.
Between 60,000 and 2,250,000...........  2,250 people.
Fewer than 60,000......................  3.75 percent of population in
                                          PEA.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (iii) The area in which the earth station generates a PFD, at 10 
meters above ground level, of greater than or equal to -77.6 dBm/m\2\/
MHz does not contain any major event venue, any highway classified by 
the U.S. Department of Transportation under the categories Interstate, 
Other Freeways and Expressways, or Other Principal Arterial, or an 
urban mass transit route, passenger railroad, or cruise ship port; and
    (iv) The applicant has successfully completed frequency 
coordination with the UMFUS licensees within the area in which the 
earth station generates a PFD, at 10 meters above ground level, of 
greater than or equal to -77.6 dBm/m\2\/MHz with respect to existing 
facilities constructed and in operation by the UMFUS licensee. In 
coordinating with UMFUS licensees, the applicant shall use the 
applicable processes contained in Sec.  101.103(d) of this chapter.
    (e) If an earth station applicant or licensee in the 27.5-28.35 
GHz, 37.5-40 GHz, or 47.2-48.2 GHz bands enters into an agreement with 
an UMFUS licensee, their operations shall be governed by that 
agreement, except to the extent that the agreement is inconsistent with 
the Commission's rules or the Communications Act.
    (f) Any earth station authorizations issued pursuant to paragraph 
(a)(4), (c), or (d)(4) of this section shall be conditioned upon 
operation being in compliance with the criteria contained in the 
applicable paragraph.

PART 30--UPPER MICROWAVE FLEXIBLE USE SERVICE

0
11. The authority citation for part 30 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 153, 154, 301, 303, 304, 307, 
309, 310, 316, 332, 1302.

0
12. Amend Sec.  30.4 by redesignating paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) as 
paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) and adding new paragraphs (a) and (e) to 
read to read as follows:


Sec.  30.4  Frequencies.

* * * * *
    (a) 24.25-24.45 GHz and 24.75-25.25 GHz bands--24.25-24.35 GHz; 
24.35-24.45 GHz; 24.75-24.85 GHz; 24.85-24.95 GHz; 24.95-25.05 GHz; 
25.05-25.15 GHz; and 25.15-25.25 GHz.
* * * * *
    (e) 47.2-48.2 GHz band--47.2-47.4 GHz; 47.4-47.6 GHz; 47.6-47.8 
GHz; 47.8-48.0 GHz; and 48.0-48.2 GHz.

0
13. Amend Sec.  30.6 by revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:


Sec.  30.6  Permissible communications.

* * * * *
    (b) Fixed-Satellite Service shall be provided in a manner 
consistent with part 25 of this chapter. The technical and operating 
rules in this part shall not apply to Fixed-Satellite Service 
operation.


Sec.  30.8   [Remove and Reserve]

0
14. Remove and reserve Sec.  30.8.

0
15. Amend Sec.  30.104 by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:


Sec.  30.104  Construction requirements.

    (a) Upper Microwave Flexible Use Service licensees must make a 
buildout showing as part of their renewal applications. Licensees 
relying on mobile or point-to-multipoint service must show that they 
are providing reliable signal coverage and service to at least 40 
percent of the population within the service area of the licensee, and 
that they are using facilities to provide service in that area either 
to customers or for internal use. Licensees relying on point-to-point 
service must demonstrate that they have four links operating and 
providing service, either to customers or for internal use, if the 
population within the license area is equal to or less than 268,000. If 
the population within the license area is greater than 268,000, a 
licensee relying on point-to-point service must demonstrate it has at 
least one link in operation and is providing service for each 67,000 
population within the license area. In order to be eligible to be 
counted under the point-to-point buildout standard, a point-to-point 
link must operate with a transmit power greater than +43 dBm.
* * * * *

PART 101--FIXED MICROWAVE SERVICES

0
16. The authority citation for part 101 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  47 U.S.C. 154, 303.


Sec.  101.115  [Amended]

0
17. Section 101.115 is amended in the table in paragraph (b)(2), in the 
entries ``71,000 to 76,000 (co-polar),'' ``71,000 to 76,000 (cross-
polar),'' ``81,000 to 86,000 (co-polar),'' and ``81,000 to 86,000 
(cross-polar),'' by removing footnote designation ``15'' and adding 
footnote designation ``14'' in its place.

[FR Doc. 2017-27437 Filed 12-29-17; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 6712-01-P



                                                                                                   Vol. 83                            Monday,
                                                                                                   No. 38                             February 26, 2018

                                                                                                   Pages 8165–8320


                                                                                                   OFFICE OF THE FEDERAL REGISTER
khammond on DSK30JT082PROD with FR-WS




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   18:50 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 4710   Sfmt 4710   E:\FR\FM\26FEWS.LOC   26FEWS


                                              II                                   Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018




                                              The FEDERAL REGISTER (ISSN 0097–6326) is published daily,                             SUBSCRIPTIONS AND COPIES
                                              Monday through Friday, except official holidays, by the Office                        PUBLIC
                                              of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records
                                              Administration, Washington, DC 20408, under the Federal Register                        Subscriptions:
                                              Act (44 U.S.C. Ch. 15) and the regulations of the Administrative                          Paper or fiche                                  202–512–1800
                                              Committee of the Federal Register (1 CFR Ch. I). The                                      Assistance with public subscriptions            202–512–1806
                                              Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Publishing Office,
                                              Washington, DC 20402 is the exclusive distributor of the official                     General online information         202–512–1530; 1–888–293–6498
                                              edition. Periodicals postage is paid at Washington, DC.                                 Single copies/back copies:
                                              The FEDERAL REGISTER provides a uniform system for making                                 Paper or fiche                                  202–512–1800
                                              available to the public regulations and legal notices issued by                           Assistance with public single copies          1–866–512–1800
                                              Federal agencies. These include Presidential proclamations and                                                                               (Toll-Free)
                                              Executive Orders, Federal agency documents having general                             FEDERAL AGENCIES
                                              applicability and legal effect, documents required to be published                      Subscriptions:
                                              by act of Congress, and other Federal agency documents of public
                                              interest.                                                                                 Assistance with Federal agency subscriptions:
                                              Documents are on file for public inspection in the Office of the                            Email                              FRSubscriptions@nara.gov
                                              Federal Register the day before they are published, unless the                              Phone                                         202–741–6000
                                              issuing agency requests earlier filing. For a list of documents
                                              currently on file for public inspection, see www.ofr.gov.
                                              The seal of the National Archives and Records Administration
                                              authenticates the Federal Register as the official serial publication
                                              established under the Federal Register Act. Under 44 U.S.C. 1507,
                                              the contents of the Federal Register shall be judicially noticed.
                                              The Federal Register is published in paper and on 24x microfiche.
                                              It is also available online at no charge at www.fdsys.gov, a service
                                              of the U.S. Government Publishing Office.
                                              The online edition of the Federal Register is issued under the
                                              authority of the Administrative Committee of the Federal Register
                                              as the official legal equivalent of the paper and microfiche editions
                                              (44 U.S.C. 4101 and 1 CFR 5.10). It is updated by 6:00 a.m. each
                                              day the Federal Register is published and includes both text and
                                              graphics from Volume 59, 1 (January 2, 1994) forward. For more
                                              information, contact the GPO Customer Contact Center, U.S.
                                              Government Publishing Office. Phone 202-512-1800 or 866-512-
                                              1800 (toll free). E-mail, gpocusthelp.com.
                                              The annual subscription price for the Federal Register paper
                                              edition is $749 plus postage, or $808, plus postage, for a combined
                                              Federal Register, Federal Register Index and List of CFR Sections
                                              Affected (LSA) subscription; the microfiche edition of the Federal
                                              Register including the Federal Register Index and LSA is $165,
                                              plus postage. Six month subscriptions are available for one-half
                                              the annual rate. The prevailing postal rates will be applied to
                                              orders according to the delivery method requested. The price of
                                              a single copy of the daily Federal Register, including postage,
                                              is based on the number of pages: $11 for an issue containing
                                              less than 200 pages; $22 for an issue containing 200 to 400 pages;
                                              and $33 for an issue containing more than 400 pages. Single issues
                                              of the microfiche edition may be purchased for $3 per copy,
                                              including postage. Remit check or money order, made payable
                                              to the Superintendent of Documents, or charge to your GPO
                                              Deposit Account, VISA, MasterCard, American Express, or
                                              Discover. Mail to: U.S. Government Publishing Office—New
                                              Orders, P.O. Box 979050, St. Louis, MO 63197-9000; or call toll
                                              free 1-866-512-1800, DC area 202-512-1800; or go to the U.S.
                                              Government Online Bookstore site, see bookstore.gpo.gov.
                                              There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing
                                              in the Federal Register.
                                              How To Cite This Publication: Use the volume number and the
                                              page number. Example: 83 FR 12345.
                                              Postmaster: Send address changes to the Superintendent of
                                              Documents, Federal Register, U.S. Government Publishing Office,
                                              Washington, DC 20402, along with the entire mailing label from
                                              the last issue received.
khammond on DSK30JT082PROD with FR-WS




                                                                                        .
                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   18:50 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4710   Sfmt 4710   E:\FR\FM\26FEWS.LOC   26FEWS


                                                                                                                                                                                                      III

                                                     Contents                                                                              Federal Register
                                                                                                                                           Vol. 83, No. 38

                                                                                                                                           Monday, February 26, 2018



                                                     Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality                                            Defense Acquisition Regulations System
                                                     NOTICES                                                                               NOTICES
                                                     Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,                                  Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,
                                                        Submissions, and Approvals, 8270–8277                                                 Submissions, and Approvals, 8249–8250
                                                                                                                                           Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,
                                                     Agriculture Department                                                                   Submissions, and Approvals:
                                                     See Forest Service                                                                     Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement;
                                                     NOTICES                                                                                    Requests for Equitable Adjustment, 8250–8251
                                                     Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,
                                                        Submissions, and Approvals, 8239–8240                                              Defense Department
                                                                                                                                           See Army Department
                                                     Army Department                                                                       See Defense Acquisition Regulations System
                                                     NOTICES                                                                               See Engineers Corps
                                                     Requests for Nominations:
                                                       Advisory Committee on Arlington National Cemetery,                                  Economic Development Administration
                                                          8249                                                                             NOTICES
                                                                                                                                           Trade Adjustment Assistance Eligibility; Petitions, 8242
                                                     Benefits Review Board, Labor Department
                                                     RULES                                                                                 Employment and Training Administration
                                                     Change of Mailing Address, 8172–8173                                                  NOTICES
                                                                                                                                           Environmental Assessments; Availability, etc.:
                                                     Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection                                                 Rehabilitation or Replacement of Buildings at Gulfport
                                                     NOTICES                                                                                     Job Corps Center, Gulfport, MS, 8300–8301
                                                     Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,
                                                         Submissions, and Approvals, 8246–8247                                             Energy Department
                                                     Meetings:                                                                             See Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
                                                       Consumer Advisory Board Subcommittee, 8245–8246
                                                     Requests for Information:
                                                       Bureau External Engagements, 8247–8249                                              Engineers Corps
                                                                                                                                           NOTICES
                                                                                                                                           Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.:
                                                     Census Bureau                                                                           Gulf Intracoastal Waterway: Brazos River Floodgates and
                                                     NOTICES
                                                                                                                                                 Colorado River Locks Systems Feasibility Study,
                                                     Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,                                        Brazos and Matagorda Counties, TX, 8251–8252
                                                        Submissions, and Approvals                                                         Guidance:
                                                      Public Employment and Payroll Forms, 8241–8242                                         Processing Requests to Alter U.S. Army Corps of
                                                                                                                                                 Engineers Civil Works Projects, 8251
                                                     Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
                                                     NOTICES
                                                                                                                                           Environmental Protection Agency
                                                     Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,
                                                                                                                                           PROPOSED RULES
                                                        Submissions, and Approvals, 8277–8278
                                                                                                                                           Modifications of Significant New Uses of Certain Chemical
                                                                                                                                               Substances, 8235–8236
                                                     Coast Guard                                                                           User Fees for the Administration of the Toxic Substances
                                                     RULES                                                                                     Control Act, 8212–8235
                                                     Harmonization of Fire Protection Equipment Standards for                              NOTICES
                                                        Towing Vessels, 8175–8181                                                          Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,
                                                     NOTICES                                                                                   Submissions, and Approvals:
                                                     2016.1 National Preparedness for Response Exercise                                      NESHAP for Cellulose Products Manufacturing
                                                         Program Guidelines, 8290–8291                                                           (Renewal), 8260–8261
                                                                                                                                             NESHAP for Epoxy Resin and Non-Nylon Polyamide
                                                     Commerce Department                                                                         Production, 8259
                                                     See Census Bureau                                                                       Revisions to the RCRA Definition of Solid Waste, 8259–
srobinson on DSK3G9T082PROD with FED-CONTENTS




                                                     See Economic Development Administration                                                     8260
                                                     See Foreign-Trade Zones Board                                                         Alternative Method for Calculating Off-cycle Credits under
                                                     See National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration                                       the Light-duty Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emissions
                                                                                                                                               Program:
                                                     Comptroller of the Currency                                                             Applications from General Motors and Toyota Motor
                                                     NOTICES                                                                                     North America, 8262–8264
                                                     Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,                                  Requests for Nominations:
                                                        Submissions, and Approvals:                                                          National Environmental Justice Advisory Council, 8261–
                                                      Bank Appeals Follow-Up Questionnaire, 8316                                                 8262


                                                VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:00 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 4748   Sfmt 4748   E:\FR\FM\26FECN.SGM   26FECN


                                                     IV                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Contents


                                                     Federal Aviation Administration                                                       Foreign-Trade Zones Board
                                                     RULES                                                                                 NOTICES
                                                     Class E Airspace; Amendments:                                                         Subzone Expansions; Applications:
                                                       Greenville, NC, 8165–8166                                                             Medline Industries, Inc., Foreign-Trade Zone 231,
                                                     PROPOSED RULES                                                                             Stockton, CA, 8242–8243
                                                     Airworthiness Directives:
                                                       Airbus Airplanes, 8201–8207                                                         Forest Service
                                                       The Boeing Company Airplanes, 8199–8201                                             NOTICES
                                                     Amendment of Class D and Class E Airspace:                                            Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.:
                                                       Biloxi, MS, and Gulfport, MS, 8208–8210                                               Manti-La Sal National Forest, Utah, Maverick Point
                                                       Erie, PA, 8210–8212                                                                       Forest Health Project; Withdrawal, 8241
                                                     Revocation of Class E Airspace:
                                                       Crows Landing, CA, 8207–8208                                                        General Services Administration
                                                                                                                                           NOTICES
                                                     Federal Communications Commission                                                     Meetings:
                                                     RULES                                                                                  World War One Centennial Commission, 8270
                                                     Petition for Partial Reconsideration of Action in
                                                          Rulemaking Proceeding, 8181–8182                                                 Health and Human Services Department
                                                     NOTICES                                                                               See Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality
                                                     Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,                                  See Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
                                                        Submissions, and Approvals, 8264–8269                                              See Food and Drug Administration
                                                     Meetings:                                                                             See Health Resources and Services Administration
                                                      Communications Security, Reliability, and                                            See National Institutes of Health
                                                           Interoperability Council, 8266
                                                                                                                                           Health Resources and Services Administration
                                                     Federal Energy Regulatory Commission                                                  NOTICES
                                                     NOTICES                                                                               Meetings:
                                                     Applications:                                                                           Advisory Commission on Childhood Vaccines, 8288–
                                                       Merchant Hydro Developers LLC, 8258                                                       8289
                                                     Combined Filings, 8257–8258                                                           Requests for Nominations:
                                                     Complaints:                                                                             Centers for Disease Control and Prevention/HRSA
                                                       Public Citizen, Inc. v. PJM Interconnection LLC, 8257                                     Advisory Committee on HIV, Viral Hepatitis and STD
                                                     Environmental Assessments; Availability, etc.:                                              Prevention and Treatment, 8287–8288
                                                       Brooke County Access I, LLC; Brook County Access
                                                           Project, 8255–8257                                                              Homeland Security Department
                                                     License Revocations:                                                                  See Coast Guard
                                                       Boyce Hydro Power, LLC, 8253–8255                                                   See U.S. Customs and Border Protection

                                                     Federal Reserve System                                                                Interior Department
                                                     NOTICES                                                                               See National Park Service
                                                     Changes in Bank Control:
                                                       Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding                                    Internal Revenue Service
                                                          Company, 8269–8270                                                               RULES
                                                                                                                                           Health Insurance Providers Fee, 8173–8175
                                                     Food and Drug Administration                                                          NOTICES
                                                     NOTICES                                                                               Charter Renewals:
                                                     Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,                                    Art Advisory Panel of Commissioner of Internal Revenue,
                                                         Submissions, and Approvals, 8278–8279                                                   8317
                                                     Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,
                                                         Submissions, and Approvals:                                                       International Trade Commission
                                                      Food and Drug Administration Recall Regulations, 8284–                               NOTICES
                                                           8286                                                                            Investigations; Determinations, Modifications, and Rulings,
                                                      Substances Prohibited from Use in Animal Food or Feed,                                   etc.:
                                                           8286–8287                                                                         Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells and Modules from
                                                     Guidance:                                                                                    China, 8296–8297
                                                      Q11 Development and Manufacture of Drug Substances—                                    Low Melt Polyester Staple Fiber from Korea and Taiwan,
                                                           Questions and Answers (Chemical Entities and                                           8295–8296
                                                           Biotechnological/Biological Entities); International                              Tapered Roller Bearings from China, 8297–8298
srobinson on DSK3G9T082PROD with FED-CONTENTS




                                                           Council for Harmonisation, 8279–8280                                            Meetings; Sunshine Act, 8297
                                                     Meetings:
                                                      Center for Drug Evaluation and Research and You: Keys                                Justice Department
                                                           to Effective Engagement; Public Workshop, 8280–                                 NOTICES
                                                           8281                                                                            Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,
                                                      Promoting the Use of Complex Innovative Designs in                                      Submissions, and Approvals:
                                                           Clinical Trials, 8281–8283                                                       2017–19 Survey of Sexual Victimization, 8300
                                                      Psychopharmacologic Drugs Advisory Committee;                                         Claims Filed Under the Radiation Exposure
                                                           Establishment of Public Docket, 8283–8284                                            Compensation Act, 8299–8300


                                                VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:00 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4748   Sfmt 4748   E:\FR\FM\26FECN.SGM   26FECN


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Contents                                              V


                                                        Federal Bureau of Investigation Bioterrorism                                         Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc., 8306–8308
                                                            Preparedness Act: Entity/Individual Information,                                 Miami International Securities Exchange, LLC, 8304–8305
                                                            8298–8299
                                                                                                                                           Small Business Administration
                                                     Labor Department                                                                      NOTICES
                                                     See Benefits Review Board, Labor Department                                           Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,
                                                     See Employment and Training Administration                                               Submissions, and Approvals, 8312
                                                     National Archives and Records Administration                                          State Department
                                                     NOTICES                                                                               NOTICES
                                                     Records Schedules, 8301–8302                                                          Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,
                                                                                                                                               Submissions, and Approvals, 8312–8314
                                                     National Credit Union Administration                                                  Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,
                                                     NOTICES
                                                                                                                                               Submissions, and Approvals:
                                                     Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,                                    Request for Approval to Travel to a Restricted Country or
                                                        Submissions, and Approvals, 8302                                                         Area, 8314–8315
                                                     National Highway Traffic Safety Administration                                        Designations as Global Terrorists:
                                                     RULES
                                                                                                                                             Ansarul Islam, aka Ansarour Islam, etc., 8314
                                                     Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards:
                                                       Minimum Sound Requirements for Hybrid and Electric                                  Transportation Department
                                                           Vehicles, 8182–8198                                                             See Federal Aviation Administration
                                                                                                                                           See National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
                                                     National Institutes of Health
                                                     NOTICES                                                                               Treasury Department
                                                     Meetings:                                                                             See Comptroller of the Currency
                                                      National Center for Complementary and Integrative                                    See Internal Revenue Service
                                                                                                                                           NOTICES
                                                           Health, 8290
                                                      National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism,                                  Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,
                                                           8289–8290                                                                          Submissions, and Approvals:
                                                                                                                                            Claim against the United States for the Proceeds of a
                                                     National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration                                            Government Check, 8317
                                                     PROPOSED RULES                                                                         Generic Clearance for Voluntary Surveys, 8318–8319
                                                     Fisheries of the Northeastern United States:                                           Multiple IRS Information Collection Requests, 8317–8318
                                                       Scup Fishery; Framework Adjustment 10, 8236–8238                                     Small Business Lending Fund Supplemental Reports,
                                                     NOTICES                                                                                    8319
                                                     Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals,
                                                        Submissions, and Approvals:                                                        U.S. Customs and Border Protection
                                                      Report of Whaling Operations, 8243                                                   NOTICES
                                                     Meetings:                                                                             Commercial Gaugers and Laboratories; Accreditations and
                                                      Evaluation of National Estuaries Research Reserve, 8243–                                 Approvals:
                                                           8244                                                                              Coastal Gulf and International, Luling, LA, 8292–8293
                                                      Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council, 8244–8245                                   Inspectorate America Corp., Lutcher, LA, 8293
                                                      Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council, 8244                                          Inspectorate America Corp., Martinez, CA, 8291–8292
                                                      New England Fishery Management Council, 8245
                                                                                                                                           Veterans Affairs Department
                                                     National Park Service                                                                 NOTICES
                                                     NOTICES                                                                               Meetings:
                                                     National Register of Historic Places:                                                  National Academic Affiliations Council, 8320
                                                      Pending Nominations and Related Actions, 8294–8295                                    Veterans and Community Oversight and Engagement
                                                                                                                                                 Board, 8319–8320
                                                     Nuclear Regulatory Commission
                                                     NOTICES
                                                     Environmental Assessments; Availability, etc.:                                        Reader Aids
                                                       National Institutes of Health, 8302–8303                                            Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for
                                                                                                                                           phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice
                                                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                                                                                                                                           of recently enacted public laws.
                                                     RULES
                                                     Commission Statement and Guidance on Public Company                                   To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents
                                                        Cybersecurity Disclosures, 8166–8172                                               electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/
srobinson on DSK3G9T082PROD with FED-CONTENTS




                                                     NOTICES                                                                               accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail
                                                     Self-Regulatory Organizations; Proposed Rule Changes:                                 address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or
                                                       Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc., 8309–8312                                                  manage your subscription.




                                                VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:00 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4748   Sfmt 4748   E:\FR\FM\26FECN.SGM   26FECN


                                                        VI                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Contents

                                                        CFR PARTS AFFECTED IN THIS ISSUE

                                                        A cumulative list of the parts affected this month can be found in the
                                                        Reader Aids section at the end of this issue.

                                                        14 CFR
                                                        71.......................................8165
                                                        Proposed Rules:
                                                        39 (2 documents) ....8199, 8201
                                                        71 (3 documents) ...8207, 8208,
                                                                                                 8210
                                                        17 CFR
                                                        229.....................................8166
                                                        249.....................................8166
                                                        20 CFR
                                                        802.....................................8172
                                                        26 CFR
                                                        57.......................................8173
                                                        40 CFR
                                                        Proposed Rules:
                                                        700.....................................8212
                                                        720.....................................8212
                                                        721.....................................8212
                                                        723.....................................8212
                                                        725.....................................8212
                                                        790.....................................8212
                                                        791.....................................8212
                                                        46 CFR
                                                        136.....................................8175
                                                        142.....................................8175
                                                        47 CFR
                                                        1.........................................8181
                                                        73.......................................8181
                                                        49 CFR
                                                        571.....................................8182
                                                        50 CFR
                                                        Proposed Rules:
                                                        648.....................................8235
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with FRONT MATTER LS




                                                  VerDate Sep 11 2014       18:16 Feb 23, 2018           Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 4711   Sfmt 4711   E:\FR\FM\26FELS.LOC   26FELS


                                                                                                                                                                                                   8165

                                                Rules and Regulations                                                                                         Federal Register
                                                                                                                                                              Vol. 83, No. 38

                                                                                                                                                              Monday, February 26, 2018



                                                This section of the FEDERAL REGISTER                    DC 20591; telephone (202) 267–8783.                   will be published subsequently in the
                                                contains regulatory documents having general            The Order is also available for                       Order.
                                                applicability and legal effect, most of which           inspection at the National Archives and
                                                are keyed to and codified in the Code of                                                                      Availability and Summary of
                                                                                                        Records Administration (NARA). For
                                                Federal Regulations, which is published under                                                                 Documents for Incorporation by
                                                                                                        information on the availability of FAA                Reference
                                                50 titles pursuant to 44 U.S.C. 1510.
                                                                                                        Order 7400.11B at NARA, call (202)
                                                The Code of Federal Regulations is sold by              741–6030, or go to https://                              This document amends FAA Order
                                                the Superintendent of Documents.                        www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/                7400.11B, Airspace Designations and
                                                                                                        ibr-locations.html.                                   Reporting Points, dated August 3, 2017,
                                                                                                          FAA Order 7400.11, Airspace                         and effective September 15, 2017. FAA
                                                DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION                            Designations and Reporting Points, is                 Order 7400.11B is publicly available as
                                                                                                        published yearly and effective on                     listed in the ADDRESSES section of this
                                                Federal Aviation Administration                         September 15.                                         document. FAA Order 7400.11B lists
                                                                                                        FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: John
                                                                                                                                                              Class A, B, C, D, and E airspace areas,
                                                14 CFR Part 71                                                                                                air traffic service routes, and reporting
                                                                                                        Fornito, Operations Support Group,
                                                                                                        Eastern Service Center, Federal Aviation              points.
                                                [Docket No. FAA–2017–0801; Airspace
                                                Docket No. 17–ASO–17]                                   Administration, 1700 Columbia Avenue,                 The Rule
                                                                                                        College Park, Georgia 30337; telephone                   This amendment to Title 14, Code of
                                                Amendment of Class E Airspace;                          (404) 305–6364.
                                                Greenville, NC                                                                                                Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 71
                                                                                                        SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                            amends Class E surface airspace within
                                                AGENCY:  Federal Aviation                               Authority for This Rulemaking                         a 4.4-mile radius of Pitt-Greenville
                                                Administration (FAA), DOT.                                                                                    Airport, Greenville, NC. The Pitt County
                                                                                                          The FAA’s authority to issue rules                  Memorial Hospital Heliport no longer
                                                ACTION: Final rule.
                                                                                                        regarding aviation safety is found in                 requires the southwest area below 200
                                                SUMMARY:   This action amends Class E                   Title 49 of the United States Code.                   feet from the airport for departures from
                                                surface airspace at Greenville, NC, by                  Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the                 the heliport. This action is for continued
                                                removing Pitt County Memorial                           authority of the FAA Administrator.                   safety and management of IFR
                                                Hospital Heliport from the Class E                      Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs,                      operations at the airport. The geographic
                                                surface area airspace associated with                   describes in more detail the scope of the             coordinates of the airport are adjusted to
                                                Pitt-Greenville Airport. Helicopters                    agency’s authority. This rulemaking is                coincide with the FAA’s aeronautical
                                                departing from the heliport must now                    promulgated under the authority                       database in both Class E surface airspace
                                                receive clearance. Consequently, the cut                described in Subtitle VII, part A,                    and Class E airspace extending upward
                                                out from Class E surface airspace is no                 Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that                  from 700 feet above the surface.
                                                longer required. Controlled airspace is                 section, the FAA is charged with
                                                                                                        prescribing regulations to assign the use             Regulatory Notices and Analyses
                                                necessary for the safety and
                                                management of instrument flight rules                   of airspace necessary to ensure the                      The FAA has determined that this
                                                (IFR) operations at the airport. This                   safety of aircraft and the efficient use of           regulation only involves an established
                                                action also updates the geographic                      airspace. This regulation is within the               body of technical regulations for which
                                                coordinates of the airport under Class E                scope of that authority as it supports IFR            frequent and routine amendments are
                                                surface airspace and Class E airspace                   operations at Pitt-Greenville Airport,                necessary to keep them operationally
                                                extending upward from 700 feet or more                  Greenville, NC.                                       current. It, therefore: (1) Is not a
                                                above the surface of the earth, to                                                                            ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ under
                                                                                                        History
                                                coincide with the FAA’s aeronautical                                                                          Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a
                                                database.                                                 The FAA published a notice of                       ‘‘significant rule’’ under DOT
                                                                                                        proposed rulemaking in the Federal                    Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44
                                                DATES:  Effective 0901 UTC, May 24,                     Register (82 FR 50596; November 1,                    FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3)
                                                2018. The Director of the Federal                       2017) for Docket No. FAA–2017–0801,                   does not warrant preparation of a
                                                Register approves this incorporation by                 to amend Class E surface airspace at                  regulatory evaluation as the anticipated
                                                reference action under title 1, Code of                 Pitt-Greenville Airport, Greenville, NC.              impact is so minimal. Since this is a
                                                Federal Regulations, part 51, subject to                Interested parties were invited to                    routine matter that only affects air traffic
                                                the annual revision of FAA Order                        participate in this rulemaking effort by              procedures and air navigation, it is
                                                7400.11 and publication of conforming                   submitting written comments on the                    certified that this rule, when
                                                amendments.                                             proposal to the FAA. No comments                      promulgated, does not have a significant
                                                ADDRESSES: FAA Order 7400.11B,                          were received.                                        economic impact on a substantial
                                                Airspace Designations and Reporting                       Class E airspace designations are                   number of small entities under the
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                Points, and subsequent amendments can                   published in paragraphs 6002 and 6005,                criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
                                                be viewed on line at http://                            respectively, of FAA Order 7400.11B
                                                www.faa.gov/air_traffic/publications/.                  dated August 3, 2017, and effective                   Environmental Review
                                                For further information, you can contact                September 15, 2017, which is                            The FAA has determined that this
                                                the Airspace Policy Group, Federal                      incorporated by reference in 14 CFR                   action qualifies for categorical exclusion
                                                Aviation Administration, 800                            part 71.1. The Class E airspace                       under the National Environmental
                                                Independence Avenue SW, Washington,                     designations listed in this document                  Policy Act in accordance with FAA


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM   26FER1


                                                8166                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                                Order 1050.1F, ‘‘Environmental                             SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE                                 companies regulated by the
                                                Impacts: Policies and Procedures,’’                        COMMISSION                                              Commission.
                                                paragraph 5–6.5a. This airspace action                                                                                As companies’ exposure to and
                                                is not expected to cause any potentially                   17 CFR Parts 229 and 249                                reliance on networked systems and the
                                                significant environmental impacts, and                                                                             internet have increased, the attendant
                                                no extraordinary circumstances exist                       [Release Nos. 33–10459; 34–82746]                       risks and frequency of cybersecurity
                                                that warrant preparation of an                                                                                     incidents also have increased.2 Today,
                                                environmental assessment.                                  Commission Statement and Guidance                       the importance of data management and
                                                                                                           on Public Company Cybersecurity                         technology to business is analogous to
                                                Lists of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 71                        Disclosures                                             the importance of electricity and other
                                                 Airspace, Incorporation by reference,                                                                             forms of power in the past century.
                                                                                                           AGENCY:  Securities and Exchange
                                                Navigation (air).                                                                                                  Cybersecurity incidents 3 can result
                                                                                                           Commission.                                             from unintentional events or deliberate
                                                Adoption of the Amendment                                  ACTION: Interpretation.                                 attacks by insiders or third parties,
                                                  In consideration of the foregoing, the                                                                           including cybercriminals, competitors,
                                                                                                           SUMMARY:   The Securities and Exchange
                                                Federal Aviation Administration                                                                                    nation-states, and ‘‘hacktivists.’’ 4
                                                                                                           Commission (the ‘‘Commission’’) is
                                                amends 14 CFR part 71 as follows:                                                                                  Companies face an evolving landscape
                                                                                                           publishing interpretive guidance to
                                                                                                                                                                   of cybersecurity threats in which
                                                                                                           assist public companies in preparing
                                                PART 71—DESIGNATION OF CLASS A,                                                                                    hackers use a complex array of means to
                                                                                                           disclosures about cybersecurity risks                   perpetrate cyber-attacks, including the
                                                B, C, D, AND E AIRSPACE AREAS; AIR
                                                                                                           and incidents.                                          use of stolen access credentials,
                                                TRAFFIC SERVICE ROUTES; AND
                                                REPORTING POINTS                                           DATES: Applicable February 26, 2018.                    malware, ransomware, phishing,
                                                                                                           FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                        structured query language injection
                                                ■ 1. The authority citation for part 71                    Questions about specific filings should                 attacks, and distributed denial-of-
                                                continues to read as follows:                              be directed to staff members responsible                service attacks, among other means. The
                                                  Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g); 40103,              for reviewing the documents the                         objectives of cyber-attacks vary widely
                                                40113, 40120, E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR,               company files with the Commission. For                  and may include the theft or destruction
                                                1959–1963 Comp., p. 389.                                   general questions about this release,                   of financial assets, intellectual property,
                                                                                                           contact the Office of the Chief Counsel                 or other sensitive information belonging
                                                § 71.1       [Amended]                                     at (202) 551–3500 in the Division of                    to companies, their customers, or their
                                                ■ 2. The incorporation by reference in                     Corporation Finance, U.S. Securities                    business partners. Cyber-attacks may
                                                14 CFR 71.1 of FAA Order 7400.11B,                         and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street                   also be directed at disrupting the
                                                Airspace Designations and Reporting                        NE, Washington, DC 20549.                               operations of public companies or their
                                                Points, dated August 3, 2017, effective                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                              business partners. This includes
                                                September 15, 2017, is amended as                                                                                  targeting companies that operate in
                                                                                                           I. Introduction                                         industries responsible for critical
                                                follows:
                                                                                                           A. Cybersecurity                                        infrastructure.
                                                Paragraph 6002         Class E Surface Area                                                                           Companies that fall victim to
                                                Airspace.                                                     Cybersecurity risks pose grave threats               successful cyber-attacks or experience
                                                *        *      *       *      *                           to investors, our capital markets, and
                                                                                                           our country.1 Whether it is the                            2 See World Economic Forum, Global Risks
                                                ASO NC E2 Greenville, NC [Amended]                         companies in which investors invest,                    Report 2017, 12th Ed. (Jan. 2017), available at
                                                Pitt-Greenville Airport, NC                                their accounts with financial services                  https://www.weforum.org/reports/the-global-risks-
                                                                                                                                                                   report-2017 (concluding that ‘‘greater
                                                  (Lat. 35°38′09″ N, long. 77°23′03″ W)                    firms, the markets through which they                   interdependence among different infrastructure
                                                  Within a 4.4-mile radius of Pitt-Greenville              trade, or the infrastructure they count                 networks is increasing the scope for systemic
                                                Airport. This Class E airspace area is effective           on daily, the investing public and the                  failures—whether from cyber-attacks, software
                                                during the specific dates and times                                                                                glitches, natural disasters or other causes—to
                                                                                                           U.S. economy depend on the security                     cascade across networks and affect society in
                                                established in advance by a Notice to                      and reliability of information and                      unanticipated ways.’’). See also PwC, ‘‘Turnaround
                                                Airmen. The effective date and time will                   communications technology, systems,                     and Transformation in Cybersecurity: Key Findings
                                                thereafter be continuously published in the                                                                        from the Global State of Information Security
                                                Chart Supplement.
                                                                                                           and networks. Companies today rely on
                                                                                                                                                                   Survey 2016’’ (Oct. 2015), available at https://
                                                                                                           digital technology to conduct their                     www.pwccn.com/en/retail-and-consumer/rcs-info-
                                                Paragraph 6005 Class E Airspace Areas                      business operations and engage with                     security-2016.pdf. (finding that in 2015 there was a
                                                Extending Upward From 700 Feet or More                     their customers, business partners, and                 reported 38% increase in detected information
                                                Above the Surface of the Earth.                            other constituencies. In a digitally                    security incidents from 2014).
                                                                                                                                                                      3 A ‘‘cybersecurity incident’’ is ‘‘[a]n occurrence
                                                *        *      *       *      *                           connected world, cybersecurity presents                 that actually or potentially results in adverse
                                                ASO NC E5 Greenville, NC [Amended]                         ongoing risks and threats to our capital                consequences to . . . an information system or the
                                                Pitt-Greenville Airport, NC
                                                                                                           markets and to companies operating in                   information that the system processes, stores, or
                                                                                                           all industries, including public                        transmits and that may require a response action to
                                                  (Lat. 35°38′09″ N, long. 77°23′03″ W)                                                                            mitigate the consequences.’’ U.S. Computer
                                                  That airspace extending upward from 700                                                                          Emergency Readiness Team website, available at
                                                                                                             1 The U.S. Computer Emergency Readiness Team          https://niccs.us-cert.gov/glossary#I.
                                                feet above the surface within a 6.4-mile
                                                radius of Pitt-Greenville Airport.                         defines cybersecurity as ‘‘[t]he activity or process,      4 One study using a sample of 419 companies in
                                                                                                           ability or capability, or state whereby information     13 countries and regions noted that 47 percent of
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                  Issued in College Park, Georgia, on                      and communications systems and the information          data breach incidents in 2016 involved a malicious
                                                February 14, 2018.                                         contained therein are protected from and/or             or criminal attack, 25 percent were due to negligent
                                                                                                           defended against damage, unauthorized use or            employees or contractors (human factor) and 28
                                                Ryan W. Almasy,                                            modification, or exploitation.’’ U.S. Computer          percent involved system glitches, including both IT
                                                Manager, Operations Support Group, Eastern                 Emergency Readiness Team website, available at          and business process failures. See Ponemon
                                                Service Center, Air Traffic Organization.                  https://niccs.us-cert.gov/glossary#C (Adapted from:     Institute and IBM Security, 2017 Cost of Data
                                                                                                           CNSSI 4009, NIST SP 800–53 Rev 4, NIPP, DHS             Breach Study: Global Overview (Jun. 2017),
                                                [FR Doc. 2018–03657 Filed 2–23–18; 8:45 am]                National Preparedness Goal; White House                 available at https://www.ponemon.org/library/2017-
                                                BILLING CODE 4910–13–P                                     Cyberspace Policy Review, May 2009).                    cost-of-data-breach-study-united-states.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014      14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM    26FER1


                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                    8167

                                                other cybersecurity incidents may incur                 well as a protocol to determine the                    additional cybersecurity disclosure,
                                                substantial costs 5 and suffer other                    potential materiality of such risks and                typically in the form of risk factors.12
                                                negative consequences, which may                        incidents.8 In addition, the Commission
                                                                                                                                                               C. Purpose of Release
                                                include:                                                believes that the development of
                                                   • Remediation costs, such as liability               effective disclosure controls and                        In light of the increasing significance
                                                for stolen assets or information, repairs               procedures is best achieved when a                     of cybersecurity incidents, the
                                                of system damage, and incentives to                     company’s directors, officers, and other               Commission believes it is necessary to
                                                customers or business partners in an                    persons responsible for developing and                 provide further Commission guidance.
                                                effort to maintain relationships after an               overseeing such controls and                           This interpretive release outlines the
                                                attack; 6                                               procedures are informed about the                      Commission’s views with respect to
                                                   • increased cybersecurity protection                 cybersecurity risks and incidents that                 cybersecurity disclosure requirements
                                                costs, which may include the costs of                   the company has faced or is likely to                  under the federal securities laws as they
                                                making organizational changes,                          face.                                                  apply to public operating companies.13
                                                deploying additional personnel and                                                                             While the Commission continues to
                                                                                                           Additionally, directors, officers, and
                                                protection technologies, training                                                                              consider other means of promoting
                                                                                                        other corporate insiders must not trade
                                                employees, and engaging third party                                                                            appropriate disclosure of cyber
                                                                                                        a public company’s securities while in
                                                experts and consultants;                                                                                       incidents, we are reinforcing and
                                                   • lost revenues resulting from the                   possession of material nonpublic
                                                                                                        information, which may include                         expanding upon the staff’s 2011
                                                unauthorized use of proprietary                                                                                guidance. In addition, we address two
                                                information or the failure to retain or                 knowledge regarding a significant
                                                                                                        cybersecurity incident experienced by                  topics not developed in the staff’s 2011
                                                attract customers following an attack;                                                                         guidance, namely the importance of
                                                   • litigation and legal risks, including              the company. Public companies should
                                                                                                        have policies and procedures in place to               cybersecurity policies and procedures
                                                regulatory actions by state and federal                                                                        and the application of insider trading
                                                governmental authorities and non-U.S.                   (1) guard against directors, officers, and
                                                                                                        other corporate insiders taking                        prohibitions in the cybersecurity
                                                authorities; 7                                                                                                 context.
                                                   • increased insurance premiums;                      advantage of the period between the
                                                                                                                                                                  First, this release stresses the
                                                   • reputational damage that adversely                 company’s discovery of a cybersecurity
                                                                                                                                                               importance of maintaining
                                                affects customer or investor confidence;                incident and public disclosure of the
                                                                                                                                                               comprehensive policies and procedures
                                                and                                                     incident to trade on material nonpublic
                                                                                                                                                               related to cybersecurity risks and
                                                   • damage to the company’s                            information about the incident, and (2)
                                                                                                                                                               incidents. Companies are required to
                                                competitiveness, stock price, and long-                 help ensure that the company makes
                                                                                                                                                               establish and maintain appropriate and
                                                term shareholder value.                                 timely disclosure of any related material
                                                   Given the frequency, magnitude and                                                                          effective disclosure controls and
                                                                                                        nonpublic information.9 In addition, we
                                                cost of cybersecurity incidents, the                                                                           procedures that enable them to make
                                                                                                        believe that companies are well served
                                                Commission believes that it is critical                                                                        accurate and timely disclosures of
                                                                                                        by considering the ramifications of
                                                that public companies take all required                                                                        material events, including those related
                                                                                                        directors, officers, and other corporate
                                                actions to inform investors about                                                                              to cybersecurity. Such robust disclosure
                                                                                                        insiders trading in advance of
                                                material cybersecurity risks and                        disclosures regarding cyber incidents                     12 For example, Willis North America released a
                                                incidents in a timely fashion, including                that prove to be material. We recognize                2013 report that found that approximately 88% of
                                                those companies that are subject to                     that many companies have adopted                       the public Fortune 500 companies and about 78%
                                                material cybersecurity risks but may not                preventative measures to address the                   of the Fortune 501–1000 companies included risk
                                                yet have been the target of a cyber-                                                                           factor disclosure regarding cybersecurity in their
                                                                                                        appearance of improper trading and we                  annual reports filed in 2012. See Willis Fortune
                                                attack. Crucial to a public company’s                   encourage companies to consider such                   1000 Cyber Disclosure Report (Aug. 2013), available
                                                ability to make any required disclosure                 preventative measures in the context of                at http://blog.willis.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/
                                                of cybersecurity risks and incidents in                 a cyber event.                                         08/Willis-Fortune-1000-Cyber-Report_09–13.pdf. In
                                                the appropriate timeframe are disclosure                                                                       2015, over 88% of Russell 3000 companies
                                                controls and procedures that provide an                 B. CF Disclosure Guidance: Topic No. 2                 disclosed cybersecurity as a risk. See Audit
                                                                                                                                                               Analytics, ‘‘Cybersecurity Disclosure in Risk
                                                appropriate method of discerning the                       In October 2011, the Division of                    Factors,’’ (Jan. 14, 2016), available at http://
                                                impact that such matters may have on                    Corporation Finance (the ‘‘Division’’)                 www.auditanalytics.com/blog/cybersecurity-
                                                the company and its business, financial                                                                        disclosures-in-risk-factors/.
                                                                                                        issued guidance that provided the                         13 This release does not address the specific
                                                condition, and results of operations, as                Division’s views regarding disclosure                  implications of cybersecurity to other regulated
                                                   5 The average organizational cost of a data breach
                                                                                                        obligations relating to cybersecurity                  entities under the federal securities laws, such as
                                                                                                        risks and incidents.10 The guidance                    registered investment companies, investment
                                                in the United States in 2016 was $7.35 million                                                                 advisers, brokers, dealers, exchanges, and self-
                                                based on the sample in the study. Id. However, the      explains that, although no existing                    regulatory organizations. For example, in 2014 the
                                                total costs a company may incur in connection with      disclosure requirement explicitly refers               Commission adopted Regulation Systems
                                                a particular cyber-attack or incident could be much     to cybersecurity risks and cyber                       Compliance and Integrity, applicable to certain self-
                                                higher.                                                                                                        regulatory organizations, to strengthen the
                                                   6 A company’s costs may also include payments
                                                                                                        incidents, companies nonetheless may
                                                                                                                                                               technology infrastructure of the U.S. securities
                                                to perpetrators of ransomware attacks in order to       be obligated to disclose such risks and                markets. Final Rule: Regulation Systems
                                                attempt to restore operations or protect customer       incidents.11 After the issuance of the                 Compliance and Integrity, Release No. 34–73639
                                                data or other proprietary information. But see          guidance, many companies included                      (Nov. 19, 2014) [79 FR. 72252 (Dec. 5, 2014)],
                                                Federal Bureau of Investigation, ‘‘How To Protect                                                              available at https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2014/
                                                your Network from Ransomware,’’ Ransomware                                                                     34–73639.pdf. For additional cybersecurity
                                                                                                          8 See Section II.B.1 below for further discussion
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                Prevention and Response for CISOs, available at                                                                regulations and resources, see the Commission’s
                                                https://www.justice.gov/criminal-ccips/file/872771/     of disclosure controls and procedures.                 website page devoted to cybersecurity issues,
                                                                                                          9 See Section II.B.2 below for further discussion
                                                download.                                                                                                      available at https://www.sec.gov/spotlight/
                                                   7 See, e.g., New York State Department of            of insider trading.                                    cybersecurity; see also Cybersecurity Guidance; IM
                                                                                                          10 See CF Disclosure Guidance: Topic No. 2—
                                                Financial Services, 23 NYCRR 500, Cybersecurity                                                                Guidance Update (April 2015), available at https://
                                                Requirements for Financial Services Companies;          Cybersecurity (Oct. 13, 2011), available at https://   www.sec.gov/investment/im-guidance-2015–02.pdf
                                                European Union General Data Protection                  www.sec.gov/divisions/corpfin/guidance/                (staff guidance on cybersecurity measures for
                                                Regulation, Council Regulation 2016/679, 2016 O.J.      cfguidance-topic2.htm.                                 registered investment companies and investment
                                                (L 119) 1.                                                11 Id.                                               advisers).



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM   26FER1


                                                8168              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                                controls and procedures assist                           requirements impose an obligation to                     Securities Act, as well as Section 10(b)
                                                companies in satisfying their disclosure                 disclose such risks and incidents                        and Rule 10b–5 of the Exchange Act.25
                                                obligations under the federal securities                 depending on a company’s particular                        • Current Reports: In order to
                                                laws.                                                    circumstances. For example:                              maintain the accuracy and completeness
                                                  Second, we also remind companies                                                                                of effective shelf registration statements
                                                                                                            • Periodic Reports: Companies are
                                                and their directors, officers, and other                                                                          with respect to the costs and other
                                                                                                         required to file periodic reports 18 to
                                                corporate insiders of the applicable                                                                              consequences of material cybersecurity
                                                                                                         disclose specified information on a
                                                insider trading prohibitions under the                                                                            incidents,26 companies can provide
                                                                                                         regular and ongoing basis.19 These
                                                general antifraud provisions of the                                                                               current reports on Form 8–K 27 or Form
                                                                                                         periodic reports include annual reports
                                                federal securities laws and also of their                                                                         6–K.28 Companies also frequently
                                                                                                         on Form 10–K,20 which require                            provide current reports on Form 8–K or
                                                obligation to refrain from making
                                                selective disclosures of material                        companies to make disclosure regarding                   Form 6–K to report the occurrence and
                                                nonpublic information about                              their business and operations, risk                      consequences of cybersecurity
                                                cybersecurity risks or incidents.14                      factors, legal proceedings,                              incidents.29 The Commission
                                                  The Commission, and the staff                          management’s discussion and analysis                     encourages companies to continue to
                                                through its filing review process,                       of financial condition and results of                    use Form 8–K or Form 6–K to disclose
                                                continues to monitor cybersecurity                       operations (‘‘MD&A’’), financial                         material information promptly,
                                                disclosures carefully.                                   statements, disclosure controls and                      including disclosure pertaining to
                                                                                                         procedures, and corporate governance.21                  cybersecurity matters. This practice
                                                II. Commission Guidance                                  Periodic reports also include quarterly                  reduces the risk of selective disclosure,
                                                A. Overview of Rules Requiring                           reports on Form 10–Q,22 which require                    as well as the risk that trading in their
                                                Disclosure of Cybersecurity Issues                       companies to make disclosure regarding                   securities on the basis of material non-
                                                                                                         their financial statements, MD&A, and                    public information may occur.30
                                                1. Disclosure Obligations Generally;                     updated risk factors.23 Likewise, foreign                  In addition to the information
                                                Materiality                                              private issuers are required to make                     expressly required by Commission
                                                   Companies should consider the                         many of these same disclosures in their                  regulation, a company is required to
                                                materiality of cybersecurity risks and                   periodic reports on Form 20–F.24                         disclose ‘‘such further material
                                                incidents when preparing the disclosure                  Companies must provide timely and                        information, if any, as may be necessary
                                                that is required in registration                         ongoing information in these periodic                    to make the required statements, in light
                                                statements under the Securities Act of                   reports regarding material cybersecurity                 of the circumstances under which they
                                                1933 (‘‘Securities Act’’) and the                        risks and incidents that trigger                         are made, not misleading.’’ 31 The
                                                Securities Exchange Act of 1934                          disclosure obligations.                                  Commission considers omitted
                                                (‘‘Exchange Act’’), and periodic and                                                                              information to be material if there is a
                                                                                                            • Securities Act and Exchange Act
                                                current reports under the Exchange                                                                                substantial likelihood that a reasonable
                                                                                                         Obligations: Securities Act and
                                                Act.15 When a company is required to                                                                              investor would consider the information
                                                                                                         Exchange Act registration statements
                                                file a disclosure document with the                                                                               important in making an investment
                                                                                                         must disclose all material facts required
                                                Commission, the requisite form                                                                                    decision or that disclosure of the
                                                                                                         to be stated therein or necessary to make
                                                generally refers to the disclosure                                                                                omitted information would have been
                                                                                                         the statements therein not misleading.
                                                requirements of Regulation S–K 16 and                                                                             viewed by the reasonable investor as
                                                                                                         Companies should consider the
                                                Regulation S–X.17 Although these                                                                                  having significantly altered the total mix
                                                                                                         adequacy of their cybersecurity-related
                                                disclosure requirements do not                                                                                    of information available.32
                                                                                                         disclosure, among other things, in the
                                                specifically refer to cybersecurity risks                                                                           In determining their disclosure
                                                                                                         context of Sections 11, 12, and 17 of the
                                                and incidents, a number of the                                                                                    obligations regarding cybersecurity risks
                                                                                                                                                                  and incidents, companies generally
                                                                                                            18 An issuer with a class of securities registered
                                                   14 See Final Rule: Selective Disclosure and Insider
                                                                                                         under Section 12 or subject to Section 15(d) of the
                                                                                                                                                                  weigh, among other things, the potential
                                                Trading, Release No. 33–7881 (Aug. 15, 2000) [65
                                                FR 51715 (Aug. 24, 2000)], available at https://         Exchange Act is subject to the periodic and current
                                                                                                                                                                     25 15 U.S.C. 77k; 15 U.S.C. 77l; 15 U.S.C. 77q; 15
                                                www.sec.gov/rules/final/3-7881.htm.                      reporting requirements of Section 13 and 15(d),
                                                   15 Listed companies also should consider any          respectively, of the Exchange Act.                       U.S.C 78j(b); 17 CFR 240.10b–5.
                                                                                                            19 ‘‘Congress recognized that the ongoing                26 See Item 11(a) of Form S–3 [17 CFR 239.13] and
                                                obligations that may be imposed by exchange listing
                                                                                                         dissemination of accurate information by                 Item 5(a) of Form F–3 [17 CFR 239.33].
                                                requirements. For example, the NYSE requires
                                                listed companies to ‘‘release quickly to the public      companies about themselves and their securities is          27 17 CFR 249.308.

                                                any news or information which might reasonably be        essential to effective operation of the trading             28 17 CFR 249.306.

                                                expected to materially affect the market for its         markets. The Exchange Act rules require public              29 ‘‘The registrant may, at its option, disclose

                                                securities.’’ See NYSE Listed Company Manual             companies to make periodic disclosures at annual         under this Item 8.01 [of Form 8–K] any events, with
                                                Rule 202.05—Timely Disclosure of Material News           and quarterly intervals, with other important            respect to which information is not otherwise called
                                                Developments. In addition, in 2015, the NYSE, in         information reported on a more current basis. The        for by this form, that the registrant deems of
                                                partnership with Palo Alto Networks, published a         Exchange Act specifically provides for current           importance to security holders.’’ 17 CFR 308.
                                                summary of information about legal and regulatory        disclosure to maintain the currency and adequacy            30 See Sections II.B.2 and II.B.3 below for further

                                                aspects of cybersecurity governance for directors        of information disclosed by companies.’’ Proposed        discussion of insider trading and Regulation FD.
                                                and officers of public companies. See Navigating         Rule: Additional Form 8–K Disclosure                        31 Rule 408 of the Securities Act [17 CFR
                                                the Digital Age: The Definitive Cybersecurity Guide      Requirements and Acceleration of Filing Date,
                                                                                                                                                                  230.408]; Rule 12b–20 of the Exchange Act [17 CFR
                                                for Directors and Officers. Chicago: Caxton Business     Release No. 33–8106, 3–4 (Jun. 17, 2002) [67 FR
                                                                                                                                                                  240.12b–20]; and Rule 14a–9 of the Exchange Act
                                                & Legal, Inc., 2015, available at https://               42914 (Jun. 25, 2002)].
                                                                                                            20 17 CFR 249.310.
                                                                                                                                                                  [17 CFR 240.14a–9].
                                                www.securityroundtable.org/wp-content/uploads/                                                                       32 This approach is consistent with the standard
                                                                                                            21 See Part I, Items 1, 1A and 3 of Form 10–K; Part
                                                2015/09/Cybersecurity-9780996498203-no_
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                                                                                                                                  of materiality articulated by the U.S. Supreme Court
                                                marks.pdf. Similarly, Nasdaq requires listed             II, Items 7, 8 and 9A of Form 10–K; and Part III,        in TSC Industries v. Northway, 426 U.S. 438, 449
                                                companies to ‘‘make prompt disclosure to the             Item 10 of Form 10–K [17 CFR 249.310].                   (1976) (a fact is material ‘‘if there is a substantial
                                                public of any material information that would               22 17 CFR 249.308a.
                                                                                                                                                                  likelihood that a reasonable shareholder would
                                                reasonably be expected to affect the value of its           23 See Part I, Items 1 and 2 of Form 10–Q; Part
                                                                                                                                                                  consider it important’’ in making an investment
                                                securities or influence investors’ decisions.’’ See      II, Item 1A of Form 10–Q [17 CFR 249.308a].              decision or if it ‘‘would have been viewed by the
                                                Nasdaq Listing Rule 5250(b)(1).                             24 See Part I, Items 3.D, 4, 5 and 8 of Form 20–      reasonable investor as having significantly altered
                                                   16 17 CFR part 229.
                                                                                                         F; Part II, Items 15 and 16G of Form 20–F; Part III,     the ‘total mix’ of information made available’’ to the
                                                   17 17 CFR part 210.                                   Items 17 and 18 of Form 20–F [17 CFR 249.220f].          shareholder).



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM      26FER1


                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                     8169

                                                materiality of any identified risk and, in                have been appropriately informed about                  companies.’’ 38 Companies should avoid
                                                the case of incidents, the importance of                  the incident or risk.35                                 generic cybersecurity-related disclosure
                                                any compromised information and of                           Understanding that some material                     and provide specific information that is
                                                the impact of the incident on the                         facts may be not available at the time of               useful to investors.
                                                company’s operations. The materiality                     the initial disclosure, we recognize that               2. Risk Factors
                                                of cybersecurity risks or incidents                       a company may require time to discern
                                                depends upon their nature, extent, and                                                                               Item 503(c) of Regulation S–K and
                                                                                                          the implications of a cybersecurity
                                                potential magnitude, particularly as                                                                              Item 3.D of Form 20–F require
                                                                                                          incident. We also recognize that it may
                                                                                                                                                                  companies to disclose the most
                                                they relate to any compromised                            be necessary to cooperate with law
                                                                                                                                                                  significant factors that make
                                                information or the business and scope of                  enforcement and that ongoing
                                                                                                                                                                  investments in the company’s securities
                                                company operations.33 The materiality                     investigation of a cybersecurity incident
                                                                                                                                                                  speculative or risky.39 Companies
                                                of cybersecurity risks and incidents also                 may affect the scope of disclosure
                                                                                                                                                                  should disclose the risks associated
                                                depends on the range of harm that such                    regarding the incident. However, an
                                                                                                                                                                  with cybersecurity and cybersecurity
                                                incidents could cause.34 This includes                    ongoing internal or external
                                                                                                                                                                  incidents if these risks are among such
                                                harm to a company’s reputation,                           investigation—which often can be
                                                                                                                                                                  factors, including risks that arise in
                                                financial performance, and customer                       lengthy—would not on its own provide
                                                                                                                                                                  connection with acquisitions.40
                                                and vendor relationships, as well as the                  a basis for avoiding disclosures of a
                                                                                                                                                                     It would be helpful for companies to
                                                possibility of litigation or regulatory                   material cybersecurity incident.
                                                                                                                                                                  consider the following issues, among
                                                investigations or actions, including                         We remind companies that they may                    others, in evaluating cybersecurity risk
                                                regulatory actions by state and federal                   have a duty to correct prior disclosure                 factor disclosure:
                                                governmental authorities and non-U.S.                     that the company determines was                            • The occurrence of prior
                                                authorities.                                              untrue (or omitted a material fact                      cybersecurity incidents, including their
                                                                                                          necessary to make the disclosure not                    severity and frequency;
                                                   This guidance is not intended to
                                                                                                          misleading) at the time it was made 36                     • the probability of the occurrence
                                                suggest that a company should make                        (for example, if the company                            and potential magnitude of
                                                detailed disclosures that could                           subsequently discovers contradictory                    cybersecurity incidents;
                                                compromise its cybersecurity efforts—                     information that existed at the time of                    • the adequacy of preventative
                                                for example, by providing a ‘‘roadmap’’                   the initial disclosure), or a duty to                   actions taken to reduce cybersecurity
                                                for those who seek to penetrate a                         update disclosure that becomes                          risks and the associated costs,
                                                company’s security protections. We do                     materially inaccurate after it is made 37               including, if appropriate, discussing the
                                                not expect companies to publicly                          (for example, when the original                         limits of the company’s ability to
                                                disclose specific, technical information                  statement is still being relied on by                   prevent or mitigate certain cybersecurity
                                                about their cybersecurity systems, the                    reasonable investors). Companies                        risks;
                                                related networks and devices, or                          should consider whether they need to                       • the aspects of the company’s
                                                potential system vulnerabilities in such                  revisit or refresh previous disclosure,                 business and operations that give rise to
                                                detail as would make such systems,                        including during the process of                         material cybersecurity risks and the
                                                networks, and devices more susceptible                    investigating a cybersecurity incident.                 potential costs and consequences of
                                                to a cybersecurity incident.                                 We expect companies to provide                       such risks, including industry-specific
                                                Nevertheless, we expect companies to                      disclosure that is tailored to their                    risks and third party supplier and
                                                disclose cybersecurity risks and                          particular cybersecurity risks and                      service provider risks;
                                                incidents that are material to investors,                 incidents. As the Commission has                           • the costs associated with
                                                including the concomitant financial,                      previously stated, we ‘‘emphasize a                     maintaining cybersecurity protections,
                                                legal, or reputational consequences.                      company-by-company approach [to                         including, if applicable, insurance
                                                Where a company has become aware of                       disclosure] that allows relevant and                    coverage relating to cybersecurity
                                                a cybersecurity incident or risk that                     material information to be disseminated                 incidents or payments to service
                                                would be material to its investors, we                    to investors without boilerplate                        providers;
                                                would expect it to make appropriate                                                                                  • the potential for reputational harm;
                                                                                                          language or static requirements while
                                                                                                                                                                     • existing or pending laws and
                                                disclosure timely and sufficiently prior                  preserving completeness and
                                                                                                                                                                  regulations that may affect the
                                                to the offer and sale of securities and to                comparability of information across
                                                                                                                                                                  requirements to which companies are
                                                take steps to prevent directors and
                                                                                                                                                                  subject relating to cybersecurity and the
                                                officers (and other corporate insiders                      35 See Sections 7 and 10 of the Securities Act;
                                                                                                                                                                  associated costs to companies; and
                                                who were aware of these matters) from                     Sections 10(b), 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
                                                                                                          and Rule 10b–5 under the Exchange Act [15 U.S.C            • litigation, regulatory investigation,
                                                trading its securities until investors                    78j(b); 15 U.S.C. 78m(a); 15. U.S.C. 78o(d); 17 CFR     and remediation costs associated with
                                                                                                          240.10b–5].                                             cybersecurity incidents.
                                                   33 For example, the compromised information              36 See Backman v. Polaroid Corp., 910 F.2d 10,
                                                                                                                                                                     In meeting their disclosure
                                                might include personally identifiable information,        16–17 (1st Cir. 1990) (en banc) (finding that the
                                                trade secrets or other confidential business              duty to correct applies ‘‘if a disclosure is in fact
                                                                                                                                                                  obligations, companies may need to
                                                information, the materiality of which may depend          misleading when made, and the speaker thereafter
                                                                                                                                                                     38 See Business and Financial Disclosure
                                                on the nature of the company’s business, as well as       learns of this.’’).
                                                the scope of the compromised information.                   37 See id. at 17 (describing the duty to update as    Required by Regulation S–K, Release No. 33–10064
                                                   34 As part of a materiality analysis, a company        potentially applying ‘‘if a prior disclosure ‘becomes   (Apr. 13, 2016) [81 FR 23915 (Apr. 22, 2016)]. See
                                                                                                                                                                  also Plain English Disclosure, Release No. 33–7497
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                should consider the indicated probability that an         materially misleading in light of subsequent
                                                event will occur and the anticipated magnitude of         events’’’ (quoting Greenfield v. Heublein, Inc., 742    (Jan. 28, 1998) [63 FR 6370 (Feb. 6, 1998)]; and
                                                the event in light of the totality of company activity.   F.2d 751, 758 (3d Cir. 1984))). But see                 Updated Staff Legal Bulletin No. 7: Plain English
                                                Basic v. Levinson, 485 U.S. 224, 238 (1988) (citing       Higginbotham v. Baxter Intern., Inc., 495 F.3d 753,     Disclosure (Jun. 7, 1999) available at https://
                                                SEC v. Texas Gulf Sulphur Co., 401 F. 2d 833, 849         760 (7th Cir. 2007) (rejecting duty to update before    www.sec.gov/interps/legal/cfslb7a.htm.
                                                                                                                                                                     39 17 CFR 229.503(c); 17 CFR 249.220f.
                                                (2d Cir. 1968)). Moreover, no ‘‘single fact or            next quarterly report); Gallagher v. Abbott
                                                occurrence’’ is determinative as to materiality,          Laboratories, 269 F.3d 806, 808–11 (7th Cir. 2001)         40 See Final Rule: Business Combination

                                                which requires an inherently fact-specific inquiry.       (explaining that securities laws do not require         Transactions, Release No. 33–6578 (Apr. 23, 1985)
                                                Basic, 485 U.S. at 236.                                   continuous disclosure).                                 [50 FR 18990 (May 6, 1985)].



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014    14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM    26FER1


                                                8170               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                                disclose previous or ongoing                              that may result.42 Finally, the                           • claims related to warranties, breach
                                                cybersecurity incidents or other past                     Commission expects companies to                         of contract, product recall/replacement,
                                                events in order to place discussions of                   consider the impact of such incidents                   indemnification of counterparties, and
                                                these risks in the appropriate context.                   on each of their reportable segments.43                 insurance premium increases; and
                                                For example, if a company previously
                                                                                                          4. Description of Business                                • diminished future cash flows,
                                                experienced a material cybersecurity
                                                                                                                                                                  impairment of intellectual, intangible or
                                                incident involving denial-of-service, it                     Item 101 of Regulation S–K and Item
                                                likely would not be sufficient for the                    4.B of Form 20–F require companies to                   other assets; recognition of liabilities; or
                                                company to disclose that there is a risk                  discuss their products, services,                       increased financing costs.
                                                that a denial-of-service incident may                     relationships with customers and                          The Commission expects that a
                                                occur. Instead, the company may need                      suppliers, and competitive conditions.44                company’s financial reporting and
                                                to discuss the occurrence of that                         If cybersecurity incidents or risks                     control systems would be designed to
                                                cybersecurity incident and its                            materially affect a company’s products,                 provide reasonable assurance that
                                                consequences as part of a broader                         services, relationships with customers                  information about the range and
                                                discussion of the types of potential                      or suppliers, or competitive conditions,                magnitude of the financial impacts of a
                                                cybersecurity incidents that pose                         the company must provide appropriate                    cybersecurity incident would be
                                                particular risks to the company’s                         disclosure.                                             incorporated into its financial
                                                business and operations. Past incidents                                                                           statements on a timely basis as the
                                                involving suppliers, customers,                           5. Legal Proceedings
                                                                                                                                                                  information becomes available.46
                                                competitors, and others may be relevant                     Item 103 of Regulation S–K requires
                                                when crafting risk factor disclosure. In                  companies to disclose information                       7. Board Risk Oversight
                                                certain circumstances, this type of                       relating to material pending legal
                                                contextual disclosure may be necessary                    proceedings to which they or their                         Item 407(h) of Regulation S–K and
                                                to effectively communicate                                subsidiaries are a party.45 Companies                   Item 7 of Schedule 14A require a
                                                cybersecurity risks to investors.                         should note that this requirement                       company to disclose the extent of its
                                                                                                          includes any such proceedings that                      board of directors’ role in the risk
                                                3. MD&A of Financial Condition and
                                                                                                          relate to cybersecurity issues. For                     oversight of the company, such as how
                                                Results of Operations
                                                                                                          example, if a company experiences a                     the board administers its oversight
                                                   Item 303 of Regulation S–K and Item                    cybersecurity incident involving the                    function and the effect this has on the
                                                5 of Form 20–F require a company to                       theft of customer information and the                   board’s leadership structure.47 The
                                                discuss its financial condition, changes                  incident results in material litigation by              Commission has previously said that
                                                in financial condition, and results of                    customers against the company, the                      ‘‘disclosure about the board’s
                                                operations. These items require a                         company should describe the litigation,                 involvement in the oversight of the risk
                                                discussion of events, trends, or                          including the name of the court in                      management process should provide
                                                uncertainties that are reasonably likely                  which the proceedings are pending, the                  important information to investors
                                                to have a material effect on its results of               date the proceedings are instituted, the
                                                operations, liquidity, or financial                                                                               about how a company perceives the role
                                                                                                          principal parties thereto, a description                of its board and the relationship
                                                condition, or that would cause reported
                                                                                                          of the factual basis alleged to underlie                between the board and senior
                                                financial information not to be
                                                                                                          the litigation, and the relief sought.                  management in managing the material
                                                necessarily indicative of future
                                                operating results or financial condition                  6. Financial Statement Disclosures                      risks facing the company.’’ 48 A
                                                and such other information that the                                                                               company must include a description of
                                                                                                             Cybersecurity incidents and the risks                how the board administers its risk
                                                company believes to be necessary to an
                                                                                                          that result therefrom may affect a
                                                understanding of its financial condition,                                                                         oversight function.49 To the extent
                                                                                                          company’s financial statements. For
                                                changes in financial condition, and                                                                               cybersecurity risks are material to a
                                                                                                          example, cybersecurity incidents may
                                                results of operations.41 In this context,                                                                         company’s business, we believe this
                                                                                                          result in:
                                                the cost of ongoing cybersecurity efforts                                                                         discussion should include the nature of
                                                (including enhancements to existing                          • Expenses related to investigation,
                                                                                                          breach notification, remediation and                    the board’s role in overseeing the
                                                efforts), the costs and other                                                                                     management of that risk.
                                                consequences of cybersecurity                             litigation, including the costs of legal
                                                                                                          and other professional services;                           In addition, we believe disclosures
                                                incidents, and the risks of potential
                                                cybersecurity incidents, among other                         • loss of revenue, providing                         regarding a company’s cybersecurity
                                                matters, could inform a company’s                         customers with incentives or a loss of                  risk management program and how the
                                                analysis. In addition, companies may                      customer relationship assets value;                     board of directors engages with
                                                consider the array of costs associated                                                                            management on cybersecurity issues
                                                with cybersecurity issues, including, but                   42 A number of past Commission releases provide       allow investors to assess how a board of
                                                                                                          general interpretive guidance on these disclosure       directors is discharging its risk oversight
                                                not limited to, loss of intellectual                      requirements. See, e.g., Commission Guidance
                                                property, the immediate costs of the                      Regarding Management’s Discussion and Analysis          responsibility in this increasingly
                                                incident, as well as the costs associated                 of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,       important area.
                                                with implementing preventative                            Release No. 33–8350 (Dec. 19, 2003) [68 FR 75056
                                                                                                          (Dec. 29, 2003)]; Commission Statement About
                                                measures, maintaining insurance,                          Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                                                                                                                    46 See Section 13(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act [15

                                                responding to litigation and regulatory                   Condition and Results of Operations, Release No.
                                                                                                                                                                  U.S.C.78m(b)(2)(B)].
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                                                                                                                                    47 17 CFR 229.407(h); 17 CFR 240.14a–101—
                                                investigations, preparing for and                         33–8056 (Jan. 22, 2002) [67 FR 3746 (Jan. 25, 2002)];
                                                complying with proposed or current                        Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial       Schedule 14A.
                                                                                                          Condition and Results of Operations; Certain              48 Final Rule: Proxy Disclosure Enhancements,
                                                legislation, engaging in remediation                      Investment Company Disclosures, Release No. 33–         Release No. 33–9089 (Dec. 16, 2009) [74 FR 68334
                                                efforts, addressing harm to reputation,                   6835 (May 18, 1989) [54 FR 22427 (May 24, 1989)].       (Dec. 23, 2009)], available at http://www.sec.gov/
                                                and the loss of competitive advantage                       43 17 CFR 229.303(a).                                 rules/final/2009/33-9089.pdf.
                                                                                                            44 17 CFR 229.101; 17 CFR 249.220f.                     49 See Item 407(h) of Regulation S–K [17 CFR
                                                  41 17   CFR 229.303; 17 CFR 249.220f.                     45 17 CFR 229.103.                                    229.407(h)].



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014     14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM    26FER1


                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                        8171

                                                B. Policies and Procedures                               disclosure specifically required, but                     should consider whether there are
                                                                                                         should also ensure timely collection and                  deficiencies in disclosure controls and
                                                1. Disclosure Controls and Procedures
                                                                                                         evaluation of information potentially                     procedures that would render them
                                                   Cybersecurity risk management                         subject to required disclosure, or                        ineffective.
                                                policies and procedures are key                          relevant to an assessment of the need to
                                                elements of enterprise-wide risk                                                                                   2. Insider Trading
                                                                                                         disclose developments and risks that
                                                management, including as it relates to                   pertain to the company’s businesses.53                       Companies and their directors,
                                                compliance with the federal securities                   Information also must be evaluated in                     officers, and other corporate insiders
                                                laws. We encourage companies to adopt                    the context of the disclosure                             should be mindful of complying with
                                                comprehensive policies and procedures                    requirement of Exchange Act Rule 12b–                     the laws related to insider trading in
                                                related to cybersecurity and to assess                   20.54 When designing and evaluating                       connection with information about
                                                their compliance regularly, including                    disclosure controls and procedures,                       cybersecurity risks and incidents,
                                                the sufficiency of their disclosure                      companies should consider whether                         including vulnerabilities and
                                                controls and procedures as they relate to                such controls and procedures will                         breaches.58 It is illegal to trade a
                                                cybersecurity disclosure. Companies                      appropriately record, process,                            security ‘‘on the basis of material
                                                should assess whether they have                          summarize, and report the information                     nonpublic information about that
                                                sufficient disclosure controls and                       related to cybersecurity risks and                        security or issuer, in breach of a duty of
                                                procedures in place to ensure that                       incidents that is required to be disclosed                trust or confidence that is owed directly,
                                                relevant information about                               in filings. Controls and procedures                       indirectly, or derivatively, to the issuer
                                                cybersecurity risks and incidents is                     should enable companies to identify                       of that security or the shareholders of
                                                processed and reported to the                            cybersecurity risks and incidents, assess                 that issuer, or to any other person who
                                                appropriate personnel, including up the                  and analyze their impact on a                             is the source of the material nonpublic
                                                corporate ladder, to enable senior                       company’s business, evaluate the                          information.’’ 59 As noted above,
                                                management to make disclosure                            significance associated with such risks                   information about a company’s
                                                decisions and certifications and to                      and incidents, provide for open                           cybersecurity risks and incidents may
                                                facilitate policies and procedures                       communications between technical                          be material nonpublic information, and
                                                designed to prohibit directors, officers,                experts and disclosure advisors, and                      directors, officers, and other corporate
                                                and other corporate insiders from                        make timely disclosures regarding such                    insiders would violate the antifraud
                                                trading on the basis of material                         risks and incidents.                                      provisions if they trade the company’s
                                                nonpublic information about                                 Exchange Act Rules 13a–14 and 15d–                     securities in breach of their duty of trust
                                                cybersecurity risks and incidents.50                     14 55 require a company’s principal                       or confidence while in possession of
                                                   Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a–                   executive officer and principal financial                 that material nonpublic information.60
                                                15 and 15d–15, companies must                            officer to make certifications regarding                     Beyond the antifraud provisions of
                                                maintain disclosure controls and                         the design and effectiveness of                           the federal securities laws, companies
                                                procedures, and management must                          disclosure controls and procedures,56                     and their directors, officers, and other
                                                evaluate their effectiveness.51 These                    and Item 307 of Regulation S–K and                        corporate insiders must comply with all
                                                rules define ‘‘disclosure controls and                   Item 15(a) of Exchange Act Form 20–F                      other applicable insider trading related
                                                procedures’’ as those controls and other                 require companies to disclose                             rules. Many exchanges require listed
                                                procedures designed to ensure that                       conclusions on the effectiveness of                       companies to adopt codes of conduct
                                                information required to be disclosed by                  disclosure controls and procedures.57                     and policies that promote compliance
                                                the company in the reports that it files                 These certifications and disclosures                      with applicable laws, rules, and
                                                or submits under the Exchange Act is (1)                 should take into account the adequacy                     regulations, including those prohibiting
                                                ‘‘recorded, processed, summarized and                    of controls and procedures for                            insider trading.61 We encourage
                                                reported, within the time periods                        identifying cybersecurity risks and                       companies to consider how their codes
                                                specified in the Commission’s rules and                  incidents and for assessing and                           of ethics 62 and insider trading policies
                                                forms,’’ and (2) ‘‘accumulated and                       analyzing their impact. In addition, to                   take into account and prevent trading on
                                                communicated to the company’s                            the extent cybersecurity risks or
                                                management . . . as appropriate to                       incidents pose a risk to a company’s                        58 In addition to promoting full and fair

                                                allow timely decisions regarding                         ability to record, process, summarize,                    disclosure, the antifraud provisions of the federal
                                                required disclosure.’’ 52                                and report information that is required                   securities laws prohibit insider trading, which
                                                                                                                                                                   harms not only individual investors but also the
                                                   A company’s disclosure controls and                   to be disclosed in filings, management                    very foundations of our markets by undermining
                                                procedures should not be limited to                                                                                investor confidence in the integrity of those
                                                                                                            53 See Final Rule: Certification of Disclosure in      markets. 17 CFR 243.100. Final Rule: Selective
                                                  50 See  Final Rule: Certification of Disclosure in     Companies’ Quarterly and Annual Reports, Release          Disclosure and Insider Trading, Release No. 34–
                                                Companies’ Quarterly and Annual Reports, Release         No. 33–8124 (Aug. 28, 2002) [67 FR 57276 (Sept.           43154 (Aug. 15, 2000) [65 FR 51716 (Aug. 24,
                                                No. 33–8124 (Aug. 28, 2002) [67 FR 57276 (Sept.          9, 2002)], available at https://www.sec.gov/rules/        2000)].
                                                9, 2002)], available at https://www.sec.gov/rules/       final/33-8124.htm (‘‘We believe that the new rules          59 Rule 10b5–1(a) of the Exchange Act [17 CFR

                                                final/33-8124.htm (‘‘We believe that, to assist          will help to ensure that an issuer’s systems grow         240.10b–5–1(a)].
                                                principal executive and financial officers in the        and evolve with its business and are capable of             60 This would not preclude directors, officers, and

                                                discharge of their responsibilities in making the        producing Exchange Act reports that are timely,           other corporate insiders from relying on Exchange
                                                required certifications, as well as to discharge their   accurate and reliable.’’).                                Act Rule 10b5–1 if all conditions of that rule are
                                                                                                            54 17 CFR 240.12b–20.
                                                responsibilities in providing accurate and complete                                                                met.
                                                information to security holders, it is necessary for        55 17 CFR 240.13a–14; 17 CFR 240.15d–14.                 61 See e.g., NYSE Listed Company Manual Section
                                                companies to ensure that their internal
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                                                                            56 Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002       303A.10, which states in relevant part that every
                                                communications and other procedures operate so           required the Commission to adopt final rules under        NYSE ‘‘listed company should proactively promote
                                                that important information flows to the appropriate      which the principal executive officer or officers and     compliance with laws, rules and regulations,
                                                collection and disclosure points in a timely             the principal financial officer or officers, or persons   including insider trading laws. Insider trading is
                                                manner.’’); see also Section 10(b) of the Exchange       providing similar functions, of an issuer each must       both unethical and illegal, and should be dealt with
                                                Act and Rule 10b–5 thereunder [15 U.S.C. 78j(b); 17      certify the information contained in the issuer’s         decisively.’’ See also NASDAQ Listing Rule 5610
                                                CFR 240.10b–5].                                          quarterly and annual reports. Public Law 107–204,         and Section 406(c) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
                                                   51 17 CFR 240.13a–15; 17 CFR 240.15d–15.              116 Stat. 745 (2002).                                     2002.
                                                   52 Id.                                                   57 17 CFR 229.307; 17 CFR 249.220f.                      62 Item 406 of Regulation S–K [17 CFR 229.406].




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00007    Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM      26FER1


                                                8172              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                                the basis of material nonpublic                         information to the public.66 We expect                 Office Box mailing address for filing
                                                information related to cybersecurity                    companies to have policies and                         notices of appeal with the Board. 62 FR
                                                risks and incidents. The Commission                     procedures to ensure that any                          10666. The Department added the P.O.
                                                believes that it is important to have well              disclosures of material nonpublic                      Box to augment timely receipt of
                                                designed policies and procedures to                     information related to cybersecurity                   incoming mail. Over time, the
                                                prevent trading on the basis of all types               risks and incidents are not made                       Department has found this
                                                of material non-public information,                     selectively, and that any Regulation FD                supplemental process is not needed to
                                                including information relating to                       required public disclosure is made                     ensure the timely receipt of mail.
                                                cybersecurity risks and incidents.                      simultaneously (in the case of an                      Therefore, to save costs, the Department
                                                   In addition, while companies are                     intentional disclosure as defined in the               is eliminating the P.O. Box and
                                                investigating and assessing significant                 rule) or promptly (in the case of a non-               amending its regulations to direct that
                                                cybersecurity incidents, and                            intentional disclosure) and is otherwise               all notices of appeal and
                                                determining the underlying facts,                       compliant with the requirements of that                correspondence filed by mail be sent
                                                ramifications and materiality of these                  regulation.67                                          directly to the Board’s offices in the
                                                incidents, they should consider whether                   By the Commission.                                   Frances Perkins Department of Labor
                                                and when it may be appropriate to                                                                              Building in Washington, DC. This
                                                                                                          Dated: February 21, 2018.
                                                implement restrictions on insider                                                                              document amends the relevant section
                                                                                                        Brent J. Fields,
                                                trading in their securities. Company                                                                           in the Code of Federal Regulations
                                                insider trading policies and procedures                 Secretary.                                             governing the procedural rules of the
                                                that include prophylactic measures can                  [FR Doc. 2018–03858 Filed 2–23–18; 8:45 am]            Board in order to present the new
                                                protect against directors, officers, and                BILLING CODE 8011–01–P                                 mailing address.
                                                other corporate insiders trading on the
                                                basis of material nonpublic information                                                                        II. Statutory Authority
                                                before public disclosure of the                         DEPARTMENT OF LABOR                                      This rule is promulgated by the
                                                cybersecurity incident. As noted above,                                                                        Secretary of Labor under the authority
                                                we believe that companies would be                      Benefits Review Board                                  of 5 U.S.C. 301, as well as the Black
                                                well served by considering how to avoid                                                                        Lung Benefits Act, 30 U.S.C. 901 et seq.,
                                                the appearance of improper trading                      20 CFR Part 802                                        and the Longshore and Harbor Workers’
                                                during the period following an incident                 RIN 1290–AA32                                          Compensation Act, 33 U.S.C. 901 et seq.
                                                and prior to the dissemination of
                                                                                                                                                               III. Rulemaking Analyses
                                                disclosure.                                             Change of Mailing Address for the
                                                                                                        Benefits Review Board                                  A. Administrative Procedure Act
                                                3. Regulation FD and Selective
                                                Disclosure                                              AGENCY:  Benefits Review Board, Labor.                    Section 553(b)(3) of the
                                                                                                                                                               Administrative Procedure Act (APA), 5
                                                   Companies also may have disclosure                   ACTION: Final rule; technical
                                                                                                                                                               U.S.C. 553(b)(3), provides that an
                                                obligations under Regulation FD in                      amendment.
                                                                                                                                                               agency is not required to publish a
                                                connection with cybersecurity matters.
                                                                                                        SUMMARY:  This rule amends one section                 notice of proposed rulemaking in the
                                                Under Regulation FD, ‘‘when an issuer,
                                                                                                        of the Benefits Review Board’s                         Federal Register for ‘‘rules of agency
                                                or person acting on its behalf, discloses
                                                                                                        regulations in order to change the                     organization, procedure, or practice.’’ 5
                                                material nonpublic information to
                                                                                                        mailing address for notices of appeal                  U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(A). Rules are also
                                                certain enumerated persons it must
                                                                                                        and correspondence sent to the Board.                  exempt when an agency finds ‘‘good
                                                make public disclosure of that
                                                                                                                                                               cause’’ that notice and comment
                                                information.’’ 63 The Commission                        DATES: This rule is effective March 28,
                                                                                                                                                               rulemaking procedures would be
                                                adopted Regulation FD owing to                          2018.
                                                                                                                                                               ‘‘impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary
                                                concerns about companies making                         FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr.                   to the public interest.’’ 5 U.S.C.
                                                selective disclosure of material                        Thomas Shepherd, Clerk of the                          553(b)(3)(B). The Department has
                                                nonpublic information to certain                        Appellate Boards, at 202–693–6319 or                   determined that this rulemaking meets
                                                persons before making full disclosure of                Shepherd.Thomas@dol.gov.                               the notice and comment exemption
                                                that same information to the general                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                             requirements in 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(A)
                                                public.64
                                                   In cases of selective disclosure of                  I. Background                                          and (B). The Department’s revision
                                                material nonpublic information related                                                                         makes a technical and non-substantive
                                                                                                           On March 7, 1997, the Department                    change to the rules of procedure before
                                                to cybersecurity, companies should                      issued a technical amendment to 20
                                                ensure compliance with Regulation FD.                                                                          the Benefits Review Board and does not
                                                                                                        CFR 802.204 to include a U.S. Post                     alter any substantive standard. The
                                                Companies and persons acting on their
                                                behalf should not selectively disclose                                                                         Department does not believe that public
                                                                                                        persons associated with an investment advisor; (3)     comment is necessary for this minor
                                                material, nonpublic information                         an investment company or persons affiliated with
                                                regarding cybersecurity risks and                       an investment company; or (4) a holder of the          revision.
                                                incidents to Regulation FD enumerated                   issuer’s securities under circumstances in which it
                                                                                                        is reasonably foreseeable that the person will trade
                                                                                                                                                               B. Regulatory Flexibility Act, Unfunded
                                                persons 65 before disclosing that same                  in the issuer’s securities on the basis of the         Mandates Reform Act, and Small
                                                                                                        information. 17 CFR 243.100(b)(1).                     Business Regulatory Enforcement
                                                  63 17 CFR 243.100. Final Rule: Selective
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                                                                           66 Final Rule: Selective Disclosure and Insider
                                                                                                                                                               Fairness Act
                                                Disclosure and Insider Trading, Release No. 34–         Trading, Release No. 34–43154 (Aug. 15, 2000) [65
                                                43154 (Aug. 15, 2000) [65 FR 51716 (Aug. 24,            FR 51716 (Aug. 24, 2000)].                               Because no notice of proposed
                                                2000)].                                                    67 ‘‘Under the regulation, the required public      rulemaking is required for this rule
                                                  64 Id.
                                                                                                        disclosure may be made by filing or furnishing a       under section 553(b) of the APA, the
                                                  65 Regulation FD applies generally to selective       Form 8–K, or by another method or combination of
                                                disclosures made to persons outside the issuer who      methods that is reasonably designed to effect broad,
                                                                                                                                                               requirements of the Regulatory
                                                are (1) a broker or dealer or persons associated with   non-exclusionary distribution of the information to    Flexibility Act at 5 U.S.C. 601(2) do not
                                                a broker or dealer; (2) an investment advisor or        the public.’’ Id. at 3.                                apply to this rule, and the rule is not


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM   26FER1


                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                          8173

                                                subject to sections 202 or 205 of the                   action because this rule is not                       SUMMARY:    This document contains final
                                                Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995                    significant under E.O. 12866.                         regulations that provide rules for the
                                                (UMRA) (2 U.S.C. 1532 and 1535). In                                                                           definition of a covered entity for
                                                                                                        List of Subjects in 20 CFR Part 802
                                                addition, this action does not                                                                                purposes of the fee imposed by section
                                                significantly or uniquely affect small                    Administrative practice and                         9010 of the Patient Protection and
                                                governments or impose a significant                     procedure, Black lung benefits,                       Affordable Care Act, as amended. The
                                                intergovernmental mandate as described                  Longshore and harbor workers, Workers’                final regulations supersede and adopt
                                                in sections 203 and 204 of the UMRA                     compensation.                                         the text of temporary regulations that
                                                (2 U.S.C. 1533 and 1534).                                 For the reasons set forth above, the                provide rules for the definition of a
                                                   This action is further not classified as             Department of Labor amends 20 CFR                     covered entity. The final regulations
                                                a ‘‘rule’’ under Chapter 8 of the Small                 part 802 as follows:                                  affect persons engaged in the business of
                                                Business Regulatory Enforcement                                                                               providing health insurance for United
                                                Fairness Act of 1996, because it pertains               PART 802—RULES OF PRACTICE AND                        States health risks.
                                                to agency organization, procedure, or                   PROCEDURE                                             DATES: Effective Date: The final
                                                practice that does not substantially                                                                          regulations are effective February 22,
                                                affect the rights or obligations of non-                ■  1. The authority citation for part 802             2018.
                                                agency parties. See 5 U.S.C. 804(3)(C).                 is revised to read as follows:
                                                                                                                                                              FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                                                                                          Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301; 30 U.S.C. 901 et           Rachel S. Smith at (202) 317–6855 (not
                                                C. Paperwork Reduction Act                              seq.; 33 U.S.C. 901 et seq.; Reorganization
                                                                                                        Plan No. 6 of 1950, 15 FR 3174; Secretary of
                                                                                                                                                              a toll-free number).
                                                  This rule does not contain a collection                                                                     SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                                                                                                        Labor’s Order 03–2006, 71 FR 4219, January
                                                of information requirements subject to
                                                                                                        25, 2006.                                             Background
                                                Office of Management and Budget
                                                review under the Paperwork Reduction                    ■ 2. Section 802.204 is revised to read
                                                                                                                                                                Section 9010 of the Patient Protection
                                                Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.                             as follows:
                                                                                                                                                              and Affordable Care Act (PPACA),
                                                D. Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)                   § 802.204 Place for filing notice of appeal           Public Law 111–148 (124 Stat. 119
                                                                                                        and correspondence.                                   (2010)), as amended by section 10905 of
                                                  The Department has reviewed this                         Any notice of appeal or other                      PPACA, and as further amended by
                                                rule in accordance with the Executive                   correspondence filed by mail shall be                 section 1406 of the Health Care and
                                                Order on Federalism (Executive Order                    sent to the U.S. Department of Labor,                 Education Reconciliation Act of 2010,
                                                13132, 64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999).                   Benefits Review Board, ATTN: Office of                Public Law 111–152 (124 Stat. 1029
                                                This rule does not have federalism                      the Clerk of the Appellate Boards                     (2010)) (collectively, the Affordable Care
                                                implications as outlined in E.O. 13132.                 (OCAB), 200 Constitution Ave. NW,                     Act or ACA) imposes an annual fee on
                                                The rule does not have substantial                      Washington, DC 20210–0001. Notices of                 covered entities that provide health
                                                direct effects on the States, on the                    appeal or other correspondence may be                 insurance for United States health risks.
                                                relationship between the national                       otherwise presented to the Clerk. A                   All references in this preamble to
                                                government and the States, or on the                    copy of the notice of appeal shall be                 section 9010 are references to section
                                                distribution of power and                               served on the deputy commissioner who                 9010 of the ACA. Section 9010 did not
                                                responsibilities among the various                      filed the decision or order being                     amend the Internal Revenue Code
                                                levels of government.                                   appealed and on all other parties by the              (Code) but contains cross-references to
                                                E. Executive Order 13175, Indian Tribal                 party who files a notice of appeal. Proof             specified Code sections. Unless
                                                Governments                                             of service of the notice of appeal on the             otherwise indicated, all other references
                                                                                                        deputy commissioner and other parties                 to subtitles, chapters, subchapters, and
                                                   The Department has reviewed this                     shall be included with the notice of                  sections in this preamble are references
                                                rule under the terms of Executive Order                 appeal.                                               to subtitles, chapters, subchapters, and
                                                13175 (65 FR 67249, November 6, 2000)                                                                         sections in the Code and related
                                                and determined it does not have ‘‘tribal                  Signed at Washington, DC, this 15th day of
                                                                                                        February, 2018.
                                                                                                                                                              regulations. All references to ‘‘fee’’ in
                                                implications.’’ The rule does not have                                                                        this preamble are references to the fee
                                                ‘‘substantial direct effects on one or                  R. Alexander Acosta,
                                                                                                                                                              imposed by section 9010.
                                                more Indian tribes, on the relationship                 Secretary, Department of Labor.                         On November 27, 2013, the
                                                between the Federal Government and                      [FR Doc. 2018–03783 Filed 2–23–18; 8:45 am]           Department of the Treasury (Treasury
                                                Indian tribes, or on the distribution of                BILLING CODE 4510–HT–P                                Department) and the IRS published final
                                                power and responsibilities between the                                                                        regulations (TD 9643) relating to the
                                                Federal Government and Indian tribes.’’                                                                       health insurance providers fee in the
                                                As a result, no Tribal summary impact                   DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY                            Federal Register (78 FR 71476). On
                                                statement has been prepared.                                                                                  February 26, 2015, the Treasury
                                                                                                        Internal Revenue Service                              Department and the IRS published
                                                F. Executive Order 12866 and Executive
                                                                                                                                                              temporary regulations (TD 9711)
                                                Order 13771                                             26 CFR Part 57                                        relating to the health insurance
                                                   This rule has been drafted and                       [TD 9830]                                             providers fee in the Federal Register (80
                                                reviewed in accordance with Executive                                                                         FR 10333). A notice of proposed
                                                Order 12866. The rule is not a                          RIN 1545–BM52                                         rulemaking (REG–143416–14) cross-
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ as                                                                          referencing the temporary regulations
                                                defined by section 3(f) of the order.                   Health Insurance Providers Fee                        was published in the Federal Register
                                                Accordingly, there is no requirement for                AGENCY:  Internal Revenue Service (IRS),              in the same issue (80 FR 10435). The
                                                an assessment of potential costs and                    Treasury.                                             temporary regulations provided further
                                                benefits under section 6(a)(3) of                                                                             guidance on the definition of a covered
                                                                                                        ACTION: Final regulations and removal of
                                                Executive Order 12866. In addition, this                                                                      entity for the 2015 fee year and
                                                                                                        temporary regulations.
                                                rule is not an E.O. 13771 regulatory                                                                          subsequent fee years.


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM   26FER1


                                                8174             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  The Treasury Department and the IRS                   entity qualifying for an exclusion to                 List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 57
                                                received two written comments with                      report its net premiums written because                 Health insurance, Reporting and
                                                respect to the notice of proposed                       section 9010(g)(1) applies only to                    recordkeeping requirements.
                                                rulemaking. No public hearing was                       covered entities. Furthermore, imposing
                                                requested or held. After considering the                additional filing requirements for only               Adoption of Amendments to the
                                                public written comments, the final                      certain entities is contrary to Executive             Regulations
                                                regulations adopt the proposed                          Order 13789, which directs the Treasury                 Accordingly, 26 CFR part 57 is
                                                regulations without change and the                      Department to reduce tax regulatory                   amended as follows:
                                                temporary regulations are removed.                      burdens. Imposing additional filing
                                                Explanation of Provisions                               requirements for only certain entities is             PART 57—HEALTH INSURANCE
                                                                                                        also contrary to Executive Order 13765,               PROVIDERS FEE
                                                   The temporary regulations provided                   which directs the executive branch to
                                                that, for the 2015 fee year and each                    minimize the regulatory burden of the                 ■ Paragraph 1. The authority citation
                                                subsequent fee year, an entity qualified                ACA specifically. Therefore, we decline               for part 57 continues to read in part as
                                                for an exclusion under section                          to adopt the commenter’s suggestions.                 follows:
                                                9010(c)(2) if it qualified for an exclusion
                                                either for the entire data year ending on                  Third, the commenter suggested that                  Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805; sec. 9010, Pub.
                                                                                                        any entities that fail to remain exempted             L. 111–148 (124 Stat. 119 (2010)). * * *
                                                the prior December 31st or for the entire
                                                fee year beginning on January 1st. The                  for the full duration of the fee year                 ■ Par. 2. Section 57.2 is amended by
                                                temporary regulations also generally                    should be subject to a fee assessment at              revising paragraphs (b)(3) and (c)(3)(ii)
                                                imposed a consistency requirement that                  the end of the year. The final regulations            as follows:
                                                bound an entity to its original selection               do not adopt this suggestion. Section
                                                of either the data year or the fee year (its            57.6(c) of the Health Insurance                       § 57.2    Explanation of terms.
                                                test year) to determine whether it                      Providers Fee Regulations provides that               *       *    *     *      *
                                                qualified for an exclusion under section                the IRS will not alter fee calculations on               (b) * * *
                                                9010(c)(2) for the 2015 fee year and each               the basis of information provided after                  (3) Application of exclusions—(i) Test
                                                subsequent fee year. Next, the                          the end of the error correction period.               year. An entity qualifies for an
                                                temporary regulations imposed a special                 Section 9010(g)(2) and § 57.3(b)(1) of the            exclusion described in paragraphs
                                                rule for any entity that uses the fee year              Health Insurance Providers Fee                        (b)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section if it
                                                as its test year. Finally, the temporary                Regulations impose a penalty on                       so qualifies in its test year. The term test
                                                regulations provided that a controlled                  covered entities that fail to timely                  year means either the entire data year or
                                                group must report net premiums written                  submit Form 8963 without reasonable                   the entire fee year.
                                                only for each person who is a controlled                cause. It is possible that if an entity fails            (ii) Consistency rule. For purposes of
                                                group member at the end of the day on                   to remain exempted for the full duration              paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, an
                                                December 31st of the data year and that                 of the fee year, such entity will be                  entity must use the same test year as it
                                                would qualify as a covered entity in the                subject to a penalty provided for by the              used in its first fee year beginning after
                                                fee year if it were a single-person                     existing statutory and regulatory                     December 31, 2014, and in each
                                                covered entity (that is, not a member of                framework. An additional fee                          subsequent fee year. Thus, for example,
                                                a controlled group).                                    assessment for such entities is not                   if an entity used the 2014 data year as
                                                   The Treasury Department and the IRS                  necessary.                                            its test year for the 2015 fee year, that
                                                received two written comments in                                                                              entity must use the data year as its test
                                                response to the proposed and temporary                  Special Analyses
                                                                                                                                                              year for each subsequent fee year.
                                                regulations. Both commenters agreed
                                                                                                           Certain IRS regulations, including                    (iii) Special rule for fee year as test
                                                with the approach described in the
                                                                                                        these, are exempt from the requirements               year. For purposes of paragraph (b)(3) of
                                                proposed and temporary regulations.
                                                                                                        of Executive Order 12866, as                          this section, any entity that uses the fee
                                                One commenter suggested that the final
                                                                                                        supplemented and reaffirmed by                        year as its test year but ultimately does
                                                rules add three additional requirements.
                                                                                                        Executive Order 13563. Therefore, a                   not qualify for an exclusion described in
                                                First, the commenter suggested that
                                                                                                        regulatory impact assessment is not                   paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (iv) of this
                                                entities seeking to claim the non-profit
                                                                                                        required. Because the final regulations               section for that entire fee year must use
                                                exemption described in section
                                                9010(c)(2)(C) and § 57.2(b)(2)(iii) of the              do not impose a collection of                         the data year as its test year for each
                                                Health Insurance Providers Fee                          information on small entities, the                    subsequent fee year.
                                                Regulations be required to file a Form                  Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C.                     * * *
                                                8963, ‘‘Report of Health Insurance                      chapter 6) does not apply. Pursuant to                   (c) * * *
                                                Provider Information,’’ or similar report               section 7805(f) of the Code, the                         (3) * * *
                                                indicating its exempt status for either                 temporary regulations that preceded the                  (ii) A person is treated as being a
                                                the data year or the fee year. Second, the              final regulations was submitted to the                member of the controlled group if it is
                                                commenter suggested that such entities                  Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small               a member of the group at the end of the
                                                claiming exempt status for the fee year                 Business Administration for comment                   day on December 31st of the data year.
                                                should also file a year-end statement                   on its impact on small business.                      However, a person’s net premiums
                                                certifying that they maintained their                                                                         written are included in net premiums
                                                                                                        Drafting Information
                                                exempt status through the end of the fee                                                                      written for the controlled group only if
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                year. The Treasury Department and the                     The principal author of these final                 the person would qualify as a covered
                                                IRS received similar comments prior to                  regulations is Rachel S. Smith, Office of             entity in the fee year if the person were
                                                issuing the final regulations. The                      the Associate Chief Counsel                           not a member of the controlled group.
                                                preamble to TD 9643 (78 FR 71476)                       (Passthroughs and Special Industries).                *       *    *     *      *
                                                explains that the Treasury Department                   However, other personnel from the
                                                                                                                                                              § 57.2T    [Removed]
                                                and the IRS declined to adopt                           Treasury Department and the IRS
                                                commenters’ suggestions to require an                   participated in their development.                    ■   Par. 3. Section 57.2T is removed.


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM    26FER1


                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                   8175

                                                ■ Par. 4. Section 57.10 is amended by                   this document for further instructions                found in 46 U.S.C. 3301 and 3306,
                                                revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:              on submitting comments.                               which was delegated by the Secretary of
                                                                                                          Viewing material proposed for                       Homeland Security to the Coast Guard
                                                § 57.10    Effective/applicability date.                incorporation by reference. Make                      in DHS Delegation Number
                                                *     *     *    *     *                                arrangements to view this material by                 0170.1(II)(92).
                                                  (b) Paragraphs (b)(3) and (c)(3)(ii) of               contacting the person identified in the
                                                § 57.2. Paragraphs (b)(3) and (c)(3)(ii) of             FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT
                                                                                                                                                                 The Coast Guard issues this rule
                                                § 57.2 apply on February 22, 2018.                      section of this document.                             without prior notice and opportunity for
                                                                                                                                                              public comment. Section 553(b)(B) of
                                                § 57.10T    [Removed]                                   FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:    For
                                                                                                        information about this document, call or              the Administrative Procedure Act
                                                ■   Par. 5. Section 57.10T is removed.                  email LT Alexandra Miller, Office of                  provides an exception from notice and
                                                                                                        Design and Engineering Standards,                     comment requirements when an agency
                                                Kirsten Wielobob,
                                                                                                        Lifesaving and Fire Safety Division (CG–              finds that notice and comment are
                                                Deputy Commissioner for Services and
                                                                                                        ENG–4), Coast Guard; telephone 202–                   ‘‘impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary
                                                Enforcement.
                                                                                                        372–1356, email Alexandra.S.Miller@                   to the public interest.’’ In accordance
                                                  Approved: February 15, 2018.                                                                                with 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the Coast Guard
                                                                                                        uscg.mil.
                                                David J. Kautter,                                                                                             finds that notice and comment are
                                                                                                        SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                                                Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Tax                                                                      unnecessary because this rule would not
                                                Policy).                                                Table of Contents for Preamble                        require a substantive change of fire
                                                [FR Doc. 2018–03884 Filed 2–22–18; 11:15 am]                                                                  protection equipment on towing vessels,
                                                                                                        I. Abbreviations
                                                BILLING CODE 4830–01–P                                  II. Basis and Purpose, and Regulatory History         and would align with regulatory
                                                                                                        III. Discussion of the Rule                           requirements already met by all existing
                                                                                                        IV. Regulatory Analyses                               towing vessels. This rule will revise 46
                                                DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND                                     A. Regulatory Planning and Review
                                                                                                                                                              CFR subchapter M to require inspected
                                                SECURITY                                                   B. Small Entities
                                                                                                           C. Assistance for Small Entities                   towing vessels to meet fire protection
                                                                                                           D. Collection of Information                       equipment requirements that already
                                                Coast Guard
                                                                                                           E. Federalism                                      apply to other commercial vessels,
                                                                                                           F. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act                    including uninspected towing vessels.
                                                46 CFR Parts 136 and 142                                   G. Taking of Private Property                      The Coast Guard updated these
                                                [Docket No. USCG–2017–1060]                                H. Civil Justice Reform
                                                                                                           I. Protection of Children                          standards in its 2016 Fire Protection
                                                RIN 1625–AC43                                              J. Indian Tribal Governments                       rule. At the time the Coast Guard
                                                                                                           K. Energy Effects                                  updated the fire protection equipment
                                                Harmonization of Fire Protection                           L. Technical Standards                             requirements for other commercial
                                                Equipment Standards for Towing                             M. Environment                                     vessels, there were no towing vessels
                                                Vessels                                                 V. Public Participation and Request for               inspected under subchapter M: The
                                                                                                              Comments
                                                AGENCY:Coast Guard, DHS.                                                                                      Coast Guard established subchapter M
                                                                                                        I. Abbreviations                                      in a June 2016 rule that published one
                                                      Interim final rule; request for
                                                ACTION:
                                                                                                                                                              month prior to the Fire Protection rule,
                                                comments.
                                                                                                          CFR Code of Federal Regulations                     and, as a practical matter, did not place
                                                SUMMARY:   The Coast Guard is issuing an                  DHS Department of Homeland Security                 requirements on any towing vessel until
                                                interim final rule to apply changes made                  Fire Protection rule Harmonization of               July 2017 or later.1 Because of the
                                                                                                            Standards for Fire Protection, Detection,         timing of subchapter M requirements, at
                                                by the 2016 final rule, Harmonization of
                                                                                                            and Extinguishing Equipment final rule,
                                                Standards for Fire Protection, Detection,                   81 FR 48220, July 22, 2016
                                                                                                                                                              this time uninspected towing vessels are
                                                and Extinguishing Equipment, to                           FR Federal Register                                 subject to the more modern Fire
                                                inspected towing vessels. Applying                        IFR Interim final rule                              Protection rule provisions. This rule
                                                these updated fire protection                             NFPA 10 National Fire Protection                    corrects the anomalous situation
                                                requirements to inspected towing                            Association Standard for Portable Fire            whereby a towing vessel transitioning
                                                vessels will align regulations for                          Extinguishers, 2010 edition                       from uninspected to inspected status
                                                inspected towing vessels with other                       OMB Office of Management and Budget
                                                                                                                                                              would be required to comply with the
                                                                                                          RA Regulatory Analysis
                                                commercial vessel regulations.                                                                                previous standards instead of the
                                                                                                          § Section symbol
                                                DATES: This interim final rule is                         Subchapter M 46 CFR subchapter M—                   updated Fire Protection rule. Moreover,
                                                effective March 28, 2018. Comments                          Towing Vessels                                    all existing marine fire extinguishers
                                                and related material must be submitted                    U.S.C. United States Code                           already meet the requirements of this
                                                to the online docket via http://                                                                              interim final rule, and the number of
                                                www.regulations.gov on or before March                  II. Basis and Purpose, and Regulatory                 extinguishers required on a vessel will
                                                28, 2018. The incorporation by reference                History                                               not change. Because this rule will not
                                                of certain publications listed in the rule                 This interim final rule harmonizes fire            require any existing vessel to change its
                                                is approved by the Director of the                      protection requirements regarding                     equipment or practices, the Coast Guard
                                                Federal Register on March 28, 2018.                     portable and semi-portable fire                       finds good cause to forgo notice and
                                                ADDRESSES: You may submit comments                      extinguishers on inspected towing                     opportunity to comment.
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                identified by docket number USCG–                       vessels with the requirements for other
                                                2017–1060 using the Federal                             commercial vessels in Title 46 of the                   1 The Inspection of Towing Vessels final rule

                                                eRulemaking Portal at https://                          Code of Federal Regulations (CFR),                    published on June 20, 2016 (81 FR 40003). It gave
                                                www.regulations.gov. See the ‘‘Public                   including uninspected towing vessels.                 existing towing vessels 2 years or more to comply
                                                                                                                                                              with the rule, and defined ‘‘new towing vessel’’
                                                Participation and Request for                           The Coast Guard may regulate fire                     such that no vessel would be subject to new vessel
                                                Comments’’ portion of the                               protection equipment on inspected                     requirements until at least July 20, 2017. See
                                                SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of                    towing vessels under statutory authority              discussion at 81 FR 40061.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM   26FER1


                                                8176                    Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                                III. Discussion of the Rule                                                fire extinguishing equipment                                  costs and benefits of available regulatory
                                                   Under existing regulations, towing                                      maintenance. NFPA 10 also requires                            alternatives and, if regulation is
                                                vessels must carry Coast Guard-                                            monthly visual inspections and                                necessary, to select regulatory
                                                approved fire extinguishers.2                                              documentation by certified personnel.                         approaches that maximize net benefits
                                                Historically, the labels on all Coast                                      Section 142.240 provides for some                             (including potential economic,
                                                                                                                           departures from NFPA 10 to: Allow for                         environmental, public health and safety
                                                Guard-approved fire extinguishers
                                                                                                                           the acceptance of state and local                             effects, distributive impacts, and
                                                displayed two ratings: A performance
                                                                                                                           licenses for inspections; allow an                            equity). Executive Order 13563
                                                rating determined by testing to the
                                                                                                                           owner, operator, or qualified                                 emphasizes the importance of
                                                industry consensus standard UL 711,
                                                                                                                           crewmember to complete monthly                                quantifying both costs and benefits, of
                                                and a USCG Type/Size rating based on
                                                                                                                           inspections (as opposed to certified                          reducing costs, of harmonizing rules,
                                                type of fire and the quantity of
                                                                                                                           personnel); and reduce the requirements                       and of promoting flexibility. Executive
                                                extinguishing agent. In its Fire
                                                                                                                           of the annual inspection for non-                             Order 13771 (‘‘Reducing Regulation and
                                                Protection rule, the Coast Guard
                                                                                                                           rechargeable extinguishers. These                             Controlling Regulatory Costs’’), directs
                                                eliminated the USCG Type/Size rating
                                                                                                                           modifications are consistent with those                       agencies to reduce regulation and
                                                requirement from 46 CFR part 162 in
                                                                                                                           put into place for other commercial                           control regulatory costs and provides
                                                favor of the UL standard, but the fire
                                                                                                                           vessels, including uninspected towing                         that ‘‘for every one new regulation
                                                protection regulations in 46 CFR
                                                                                                                           vessels, by the Fire Protection rule.                         issued, at least two prior regulations be
                                                subchapter M are still framed in terms
                                                                                                                           Section 142.240(a) also imports a                             identified for elimination, and that the
                                                of USCG Type/Size rating. This rule will
                                                                                                                           provision from the Fire Protection rule                       cost of planned regulations be prudently
                                                change those provisions in part 142 of
                                                                                                                           requiring that if the marine inspector or                     managed and controlled through a
                                                subchapter M to reflect the UL standard
                                                                                                                           third-party organization finds that                           budgeting process.’’
                                                instead, matching the changes made by
                                                                                                                           equipment or records are not properly                            The Office of Management and Budget
                                                the Fire Protection rule.
                                                                                                                           maintained, then a qualified servicing                        (OMB) has not designated this rule a
                                                   This rule does not change the number
                                                                                                                           facility must perform the required                            significant regulatory action under
                                                of extinguishers required, and an
                                                                                                                           activities. This provision is less                            section 3(f) of E.O. 12866. As this rule
                                                extinguisher that displays the USCG
                                                                                                                           stringent than the NFPA 10 provision in                       is not a significant regulatory action,
                                                Type/Size rating may still be used if it
                                                                                                                           the original subchapter M text.                               this rule is exempt from the
                                                meets all other requirements. This rule                                       Finally, this rule makes non-
                                                adds a grandfathering clause in section                                                                                                  requirements of Executive Order 13771.
                                                                                                                           substantive changes such as replacing                         See OMB’s Memorandum ‘‘Guidance
                                                142.231(a), identical to one that appears                                  the term ‘‘hand-portable’’ with
                                                in 46 CFR 25.30–80 as a result of the                                                                                                    Implementing Executive Order 13771,
                                                                                                                           ‘‘portable.’’ It also updates the edition of                  Titled ‘Reducing Regulation and
                                                Fire Protection rule, in order to avoid                                    NFPA 10 from 2007 to the 2010 edition
                                                any new obligation on uninspected                                                                                                        Controlling Regulatory Costs’ ’’ (April 5,
                                                                                                                           used in the Fire Protection rule; there                       2017). A regulatory analysis (RA)
                                                vessels that become inspected and                                          are no substantive changes between
                                                subject to subchapter M. For similar                                                                                                     follows.
                                                                                                                           these two editions.
                                                reasons, section 142.240 makes semi-                                                                                                        This interim final rule (IFR) will
                                                portable fire extinguishers subject to the                                 IV. Regulatory Analyses                                       update the fire safety rules in
                                                rules for portable extinguishers instead                                     We developed this rule after                                subchapter M to incorporate changes
                                                of fixed fire extinguishing systems; this                                  considering numerous statutes and                             brought about by the publication of the
                                                change matches the treatment of semi-                                      Executive orders related to rulemaking.                       Fire Protection final rule. Specifically,
                                                portable extinguishers on similar vessels                                  Below we summarize our analyses                               fire extinguisher ratings and carriage
                                                subject to 46 CFR part 25.                                                 based on these statutes or Executive                          requirements must all be brought up to
                                                   In addition, this rule revises                                          orders.                                                       date. Affected sections of subchapter M
                                                maintenance requirements for fire                                                                                                        (all located in 46 CFR part 142, Fire
                                                extinguishers. Subchapter M had                                            A. Regulatory Planning and Review                             Protection) are: §§ 142.215(a), (c) and
                                                required extinguisher maintenance in                                          Executive Orders 12866 (‘‘Regulatory                       (d); 142.225(d); 142.230; new 142.231;
                                                accordance with the industry consensus                                     Planning and Review’’) and 13563                              142.240; and 142.315(a)(3)(i) and (b)(1).
                                                standard NFPA 10, which requires                                           (‘‘Improving Regulation and Regulatory                           Table 1 presents a summary of the
                                                certified personnel to conduct annual                                      Review’’) direct agencies to assess the                       impacts of this rule.

                                                                                                                    TABLE 1—SUMMARY OF IMPACTS OF THE RULE
                                                                                         Category                                                                                           Summary

                                                Applicability ..................................................................................      Towing vessels required to be inspected under subchapter M.
                                                Affected population ......................................................................            5,509 towing vessels.
                                                Costs ............................................................................................    No costs identified.
                                                Benefits ........................................................................................     Harmonizes with Fire Protection to provide consistent guidance to industry.



                                                Affected Population                                                        RA performed for the Inspection of                            term pattern was a steady-state
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                                                                                           Towing Vessels final rule identified                          population. We have no new
                                                  The affected population consists of                                      5,509 towing vessels that will be                             information to revise that conclusion
                                                the U.S. flagged towing vessels subject                                    affected and concluded that the long-
                                                to the provisions of subchapter M. The


                                                  2 See 46 CFR part 142 subpart B for inspected

                                                towing vessels, and 46 CFR subpart 25.30 for
                                                uninspected towing vessels.

                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014         14:55 Feb 23, 2018         Jkt 244001       PO 00000       Frm 00012          Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM   26FER1


                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                                8177

                                                and will use the population from that                     B:C:’’); correct grammatical errors or                                 • Added a new paragraph to allow
                                                rule for this analysis.                                   improve clarity; and harmonize                                       equipment beyond the regulatory
                                                                                                          references to other sections within                                  minimum.
                                                Cost Analysis
                                                                                                          subchapter M.                                                          • Added a new paragraph to allow
                                                  This interim final rule contains 29                        • Revised five paragraphs to either                               continued use of existing dual-label
                                                changes to the fire protection                            consolidate or edit existing text for                                equipment.
                                                regulations in subchapter M. A                            clarity, or delete text that is no longer                              • Added a new provision that restates
                                                summary of these changes follows:                         needed.                                                              current recordkeeping requirements.
                                                  • Made eighteen minor edits to the                         • Added three new provisions to                                     Overall, the Coast Guard has not
                                                regulatory text to harmonize subchapter                   increase industry options to comply                                  identified any costs associated with
                                                M text with Fire Protection (e.g., ‘‘hand                 with NFPA 10. An example is to allow                                 these changes. The changes and
                                                portable’’ to ‘‘portable’’); update                       for the acceptance of state and local                                economic impacts are described in
                                                technical references (e.g. ‘‘B–1’’ to ‘‘10–               licenses for inspections.                                            Table 2.

                                                                                             TABLE 2—ASSESSMENT OF COST IMPACTS OF THE RULE
                                                                     Description of change                                                  Type of change                                            Cost impact

                                                Subpart B—List of Sections
                                                   Change ‘‘Hand-portable’’ to ‘‘Portable’’ ........................    Non-substantive text edit for consistent                          No cost.
                                                                                                                          usage.
                                                    Add new section title ‘‘142.231 Exception for portable              Non-substantive text edit to consolidate re-                      No cost.
                                                       and semi-portable extinguishers required for exist-                quirements for new and existing vessels.
                                                       ing towing vessels.’’
                                                § 142.215(a)
                                                    Change ‘‘Hand-portable’’ to ‘‘Portable.’’ .......................   Non-substantive text edit for consistent                          No cost.
                                                                                                                         usage.
                                                § 142.215(c)
                                                    Edit and reorganize paragraph for clarity ....................      Non-substantive text edit only ....................               No cost.
                                                    Moved the last sentence to new paragraph                            Non-substantive text edit only ....................               No cost.
                                                       § 142.215(d).
                                                § 142.215(d)
                                                    Created new paragraph § 142.215(d) that contains                    Non-substantive text edit only ....................               No cost.
                                                       the last sentence of former § 142.215(c).
                                                § 142.225(d)
                                                    Change equipment type from ‘‘B–II’’ to ‘‘40–B’’ and                 Non-substantive text edit for consistent                          No cost.
                                                       other edits.                                                       usage.
                                                    Edit and reorganize paragraph for clarity ....................      Non-substantive text edit only ....................               No cost.
                                                § 142.230
                                                    Change ‘‘Hand-portable’’ to ‘‘Portable’’ ........................   Non-substantive text edit for consistent                          No cost.
                                                                                                                         usage.
                                                § 142.230(a), (b), & (c)
                                                    Delete, refers to labeling system that is no longer in              Removal of outdated labeling terms ...........                    No cost.
                                                       use. Former paragraphs (d) and (e) now (a) and
                                                       (b).
                                                § 142.230(d)(1) new § 142.230(a)
                                                    Change ‘‘B–I’’ to ‘‘10–B:C’’, ‘‘Hand-portable’’ to ‘‘Port-          Change to labeling terms ...........................              No cost.
                                                       able’’, and ‘‘B–II’’ to ‘‘40–B:C.’’
                                                § 142.230(d)(2) new § 142.230(b)
                                                    Change ‘‘Hand-portable’’ to ‘‘Portable’’ ........................   Non-substantive text edit for consistent                          No cost.
                                                                                                                          usage.
                                                    Change ‘‘a’’ to ‘‘At’’ and correct references to table              Non-substantive text edit only ....................               No cost.
                                                       and paragraph.
                                                    In Table 142.230(d)(2), change ‘‘B–II’’ to ‘‘40–B:C’’ ....          Change to labeling terms ...........................              No cost.
                                                § 142.230(d)(2)(ii)
                                                    Delete paragraph as no longer needed .......................        Non-substantive text edit only ....................               No cost.
                                                § 142.230(e) new § 142.230(c)
                                                    Change paragraph reference and change reference                     Removal of outdated labeling terms ...........                    No cost.
                                                       to sizes to ‘‘any.’’
                                                New § 142.230(d)
                                                    Allow for equipment beyond regulatory minimum .......               New text ......................................................   No cost, no mandated requirements.
                                                § 142.231(a)
                                                    Add provision to accept current equipment and con-                  New text ......................................................   No cost, no mandated requirements.
                                                       tinue use of dual-label equipment.
                                                § 142.231(b)
                                                    Reference requirements in part 142 for new vessels ..               New text ......................................................   No cost, subchapter M applies to new
                                                                                                                                                                                           vessels.
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                § 142.240(a)
                                                    Change ‘‘Hand-portable’’ to ‘‘Portable’’ ........................   Non-substantive text edit for consistent                          No cost.
                                                                                                                         usage.
                                                § 142.240(a)(1)(i)
                                                    Move requirements for semi-portable equipment from                  Align with 46 CFR part 25 ..........................              No cost.
                                                       § 142.240(a)(2) to this sub-paragraph.
                                                    Delete references to Table 142.240 as this is redun-                Non-substantive text edit for clarity ............                No cost.
                                                       dant with existing text.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014    14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00013     Fmt 4700      Sfmt 4700      E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM             26FER1


                                                8178                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                                                                         TABLE 2—ASSESSMENT OF COST IMPACTS OF THE RULE—Continued
                                                                        Description of change                                                        Type of change                                              Cost impact

                                                    Allow for the acceptance of state and local licenses                         New text ......................................................   No cost, no mandated requirements.
                                                       for inspections.
                                                § 142.240(a)(1)(ii)
                                                    Modify requirements of NFPA 10 to allow monthly in-                          New text ......................................................   No cost, no mandated requirements.
                                                       spections by owner, operator, person-in-charge, or
                                                       crew member.
                                                § 142.240(a)(1)(iii)
                                                    Modify requirements of NFPA 10 to allow annual                               New text ......................................................   No cost, no mandated requirements.
                                                       maintenance by owner, operator, person-in-charge,
                                                       or crew member.
                                                § 142.240(a)(1)(iv)
                                                    Maintain evidence of servicing and provide to inspec-                        New text ......................................................   No cost, current industry practice.
                                                       tor. If evidence is unsatisfactory, prescribed exami-
                                                       nations, maintenance, and tests must be conducted.
                                                § 142.240(a)(2)
                                                    Delete ‘‘semi-portable.’’ ................................................   Align with 46 CFR part 25 and NFPA 10 ...                         No cost, current industry practice.
                                                § 142.240, Table 142.240
                                                    Delete ‘‘semi-portable’’ .................................................   Align with 46 CFR part 25 and NFPA 10 ...                         No cost, current industry practice.
                                                § 142.240(c)(2)
                                                    Change ‘‘Hand-portable’’ to ‘‘Portable’’ ........................            Non-substantive text edit for consistent                          No cost.
                                                                                                                                  usage.
                                                § 142.315(a)(3)(i) & (b)(1)
                                                    Change ‘‘B–V’’ to ‘‘160–B.’’ ..........................................      Change to labeling terms ...........................              No cost.



                                                Benefits                                                         Alternative 3: Not Including New                                       jurisdiction qualifies as a small entity
                                                                                                                 Options                                                                and that this rule will have a significant
                                                   The primary benefit of this interim                                                                                                  economic impact on it, please submit a
                                                final rule is to align the fire safety rules                       This option would remove the
                                                                                                                                                                                        comment at the address under
                                                in subchapter M with the changes                                 outdated labeling requirement for fire
                                                                                                                                                                                        ADDRESSES. In your comment, explain
                                                brought about by the publication of the                          extinguishers, but would not provide for
                                                                                                                                                                                        why you think it qualifies and how and
                                                Fire Protection rule. The changes                                any flexibility in applying the
                                                                                                                                                                                        to what degree this rule will
                                                                                                                 requirements of NFPA 10. The benefit of
                                                include removal of a labeling                                                                                                           economically affect it.
                                                                                                                 this alternative is the harmonization of
                                                requirement, and flexibility in the
                                                                                                                 text with other fire protection                                        C. Assistance for Small Entities
                                                application of NFPA 10. This will
                                                                                                                 regulations, including those that already                                Under section 213(a) of the Small
                                                provide a consistent set of fire
                                                                                                                 apply to uninspected towing vessels.                                   Business Regulatory Enforcement
                                                protection requirements to towing                                This alternative would not add any new
                                                vessel owners and operators.                                                                                                            Fairness Act of 1996, Public Law 104–
                                                                                                                 costs, as NFPA 10 is referenced in                                     121, we offered to assist small entities
                                                Alternatives                                                     subchapter M, but would not offer any                                  in understanding this rule so that they
                                                                                                                 new compliance options.                                                could better evaluate its effects on them
                                                   When creating this interim final rule,                                                                                               and participate in the rulemaking. The
                                                the Coast Guard considered several                               B. Small Entities
                                                                                                                                                                                        Coast Guard will not retaliate against
                                                alternatives. The previous analysis                                Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act,                                small entities that question or complain
                                                represents the preferred alternative,                            5 U.S.C. 601–612, we have considered                                   about this rule or any policy or action
                                                which will align fire protection                                 whether this rule would have a                                         of the Coast Guard.
                                                requirements in subchapter M with the                            significant economic impact on a                                         Small businesses may send comments
                                                Fire Protection rule.                                            substantial number of small entities.                                  on the actions of Federal employees
                                                                                                                 The term ‘‘small entities’’ comprises                                  who enforce, or otherwise determine
                                                Alternative 1: Preferred Alternative                             small businesses, not-for-profit                                       compliance with, Federal regulations to
                                                                                                                 organizations that are independently                                   the Small Business and Agriculture
                                                   The preferred alternative is to update
                                                                                                                 owned and operated and are not                                         Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman
                                                the fire safety rules in subchapter M to
                                                                                                                 dominant in their fields, and                                          and the Regional Small Business
                                                match changes made by the Fire
                                                                                                                 governmental jurisdictions with                                        Regulatory Fairness Boards. The
                                                Protection rule. The analysis for this                           populations of less than 50,000.
                                                alternative appears in the ‘‘Regulatory                                                                                                 Ombudsman evaluates these actions
                                                                                                                   Our economic analysis concluded that                                 annually and rates each agency’s
                                                Analysis’’ section of the preamble of                            this interim final rule will have no cost
                                                this interim final rule.                                                                                                                responsiveness to small business. If you
                                                                                                                 impact and will not affect the small                                   wish to comment on actions by
                                                Alternative 2: No Action Alternative                             entities that own and operate the towing                               employees of the Coast Guard, call 1–
                                                                                                                 vessels that comprise the affected                                     888–REG–FAIR (1–888–734–3247).
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                  In this alternative, the Coast Guard                           population, described above. Therefore,
                                                would take no action regarding the                               the Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C.                               D. Collection of Information
                                                differences between 46 CFR part 25 and                           605(b) that this rule will not have a                                    This rule calls for no new collection
                                                46 CFR part 142. As this would impose                            significant economic impact on a                                       of information or modification of an
                                                an inconvenience to industry by not                              substantial number of small entities.                                  existing collection of information under
                                                removing the outdated labeling                                     If you think that your business,                                     the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995,
                                                requirement, we reject this alternative.                         organization, or governmental                                          44 U.S.C. 3501–3520.


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014      14:55 Feb 23, 2018     Jkt 244001    PO 00000      Frm 00014      Fmt 4700      Sfmt 4700      E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM             26FER1


                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                           8179

                                                E. Federalism                                           and Interference with Constitutionally                  NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire
                                                                                                        Protected Property Rights’’).                         Extinguishers, 2010 Edition, effective
                                                   A rule has implications for federalism                                                                     December 5, 2009. This standard applies
                                                under Executive Order 13132                             H. Civil Justice Reform
                                                                                                                                                              to the selection, installation, inspection,
                                                (‘‘Federalism’’) if it has a substantial                  This rule meets applicable standards                maintenance, recharging, and testing of
                                                direct effect on States, on the                         in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive             portable fire extinguishers.
                                                relationship between the national                       Order 12988, (‘‘Civil Justice Reform’’), to             Consistent with 1 CFR part 51
                                                government and the States, or on the                    minimize litigation, eliminate                        incorporation by reference provisions,
                                                distribution of power and                               ambiguity, and reduce burden.                         this material is reasonably available.
                                                responsibilities among the various                                                                            Interested persons have access to it
                                                levels of government. We have analyzed                  I. Protection of Children                             through their normal course of business,
                                                this rule under Executive Order 13132                     We have analyzed this rule under                    may purchase it from the organization
                                                and have determined that it is                          Executive Order 13045 (‘‘Protection of                identified in 46 CFR 136.112(h), or may
                                                consistent with the fundamental                         Children from Environmental Health                    view a copy by means we have
                                                federalism principles and preemption                    Risks and Safety Risks’’). This rule is               identified in that section.
                                                requirements described in Executive                     not an economically significant rule and
                                                Order 13132. Our analysis is explained                                                                        M. Environment
                                                                                                        will not create an environmental risk to
                                                below.                                                                                                          We have analyzed this rule under
                                                                                                        health or risk to safety that might
                                                   It is well settled that States may not                                                                     Department of Homeland Security
                                                                                                        disproportionately affect children.
                                                regulate in categories reserved for                                                                           Management Directive 023–01, Revision
                                                regulation by the Coast Guard. It is also               J. Indian Tribal Governments                          (Rev) 1, and Commandant Instruction
                                                well settled that all of the categories                                                                       M16475.lD (COMTINST M16475.1D),
                                                                                                           This rule does not have tribal                     which guide the Coast Guard in
                                                covered in 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 7101,                  implications under Executive Order
                                                and 8101 (design, construction,                                                                               complying with the National
                                                                                                        13175 (‘‘Consultation and Coordination                Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42
                                                alteration, repair, maintenance,                        with Indian Tribal Governments’’),
                                                operation, equipping, personnel                                                                               U.S.C. 4321–4370f), and have concluded
                                                                                                        because it will not have a substantial                that this action is one of a category of
                                                qualification, and manning of vessels),                 direct effect on one or more Indian
                                                as well as the reporting of casualties and                                                                    actions that do not individually or
                                                                                                        tribes, on the relationship between the               cumulatively have a significant effect on
                                                any other category in which Congress                    Federal Government and Indian tribes,
                                                intended the Coast Guard to be the sole                                                                       the human environment. A Record of
                                                                                                        or on the distribution of power and                   Environmental Consideration (REC)
                                                source of a vessel’s obligations, are                   responsibilities between the Federal
                                                within the field foreclosed from                                                                              supporting this determination is
                                                                                                        Government and Indian tribes.                         available in the docket where indicated
                                                regulation by the States. See the
                                                Supreme Court’s decision in United                      K. Energy Effects                                     under the ‘‘Public Participation and
                                                States v. Locke and Intertanko v. Locke,                                                                      Request for Comments’’ section of this
                                                                                                           We have analyzed this rule under                   preamble.
                                                529 U.S. 89, 120 S.Ct. 1135 (2000). This                Executive Order 13211 (‘‘Actions                        This interim final rule (IFR) is
                                                rule covers foreclosed categories as it                 Concerning Regulations That                           categorically excluded under paragraphs
                                                establishes regulations covering fire                   Significantly Affect Energy Supply,                   (34)(a), (d), and (e) of Figure 2 in
                                                extinguishing equipment for towing                      Distribution, or Use’’). We have                      COMDTINST M16475.1D, and also
                                                vessels subject to inspection under 46                  determined that it is not a ‘‘significant             under paragraph 6(a) of the ‘‘Appendix
                                                U.S.C. 3301 and 3306. Therefore,                        energy action’’ under that order because              to National Environmental Policy Act:
                                                because the States may not regulate                     it is not a ‘‘significant regulatory action’’         Coast Guard Procedures for Categorical
                                                within these categories, this rule is                   under Executive Order 12866 and is not                Exclusions, Notice of Final Agency
                                                consistent with the fundamental                         likely to have a significant adverse effect           Policy’’ (67 FR 48243, July 23, 2002).
                                                federalism principles and preemption                    on the supply, distribution, or use of                This IFR updates 46 CFR subchapter M
                                                requirements described in Executive                     energy.                                               to harmonize fire safety standards for
                                                Order 13132.
                                                                                                        L. Technical Standards and                            inspected towing vessels with those of
                                                F. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act                         Incorporation by Reference                            other commercial vessels. These matters
                                                                                                                                                              are editorial or procedural in nature;
                                                  The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act                        The National Technology Transfer                    involve the inspection, equipping,
                                                of 1995, 2 U.S.C. 1531–1538, requires                   and Advancement Act, codified as a                    equipment approval and carriage
                                                Federal agencies to assess the effects of               note to 15 U.S.C. 272, directs agencies               requirements of vessels; and also
                                                their discretionary regulatory actions. In              to use voluntary consensus standards in               concern vessel safety standards. This
                                                particular, the Act addresses actions                   their regulatory activities unless the                rule supports the Coast Guard’s
                                                that may result in the expenditure by a                 agency provides Congress, through                     maritime safety mission.
                                                State, local, or tribal government, in the              OMB, with an explanation of why using
                                                aggregate, or by the private sector of                  these standards would be inconsistent                 V. Public Participation and Request for
                                                $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or                with applicable law or otherwise                      Comments
                                                more in any one year. Though this rule                  impractical. Voluntary consensus                        We view public participation as
                                                will not result in such an expenditure,                 standards are technical standards (e.g.,              essential to effective rulemaking, and
                                                we do discuss the effects of this rule                  specifications of materials, performance,             will consider all comments and material
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                elsewhere in this preamble.                             design, or operation; test methods;                   received during the comment period.
                                                G. Taking of Private Property                           sampling procedures; and related                      Your comment can help shape the
                                                                                                        management systems practices) that are                outcome of this rulemaking. If you
                                                  This rule will not cause a taking of                  developed or adopted by voluntary                     submit a comment, please include the
                                                private property or otherwise have                      consensus standards bodies. This rule                 docket number for this rulemaking,
                                                taking implications under Executive                     uses the following updated voluntary                  indicate the specific section of this
                                                Order 12630 (‘‘Governmental Actions                     consensus standard:                                   document to which each comment


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM   26FER1


                                                8180                    Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                                applies, and provide a reason for each                                       For the reasons discussed in the                                          equipment of a type not required, or in
                                                suggestion or recommendation.                                              preamble, the Coast Guard amends 46                                         excess of that required by this part, may
                                                   We encourage you to submit                                              CFR parts 136 and 142 as follows:                                           be permitted—
                                                comments through the Federal                                                                                                                              (1) If Coast Guard approved;
                                                eRulemaking Portal at https://                                             PART 136—CERTIFICATION                                                         (2) If accepted by the local OCMI or
                                                www.regulations.gov. If your material                                                                                                                  TPO, as applicable; or
                                                cannot be submitted using https://                                         ■ 1. The authority citation for part 136
                                                                                                                           continues to read as follows:                                                  (3) If equipment and components are
                                                www.regulations.gov, contact the person                                                                                                                listed and labeled by an independent
                                                in the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION                                               Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3103, 3301, 3306,
                                                                                                                           3308, 3316, 8104, 8904; 33 CFR 1.05; DHS
                                                                                                                                                                                                       Nationally Recognized Testing
                                                CONTACT section of this document for
                                                                                                                           Delegation 0170.1.                                                          Laboratory (NRTL), as that term is
                                                alternate instructions. Documents                                                                                                                      defined in 29 CFR 1910.7, and are
                                                mentioned in this notice, and all public                                   ■ 2. Amend § 136.112 by revising                                            designed, installed, tested, and
                                                comments, are in our online docket at                                      paragraph (h)(1) to read as follows:                                        maintained in accordance with an
                                                https://www.regulations.gov and can be                                                                                                                 appropriate industry standard and the
                                                viewed by following that website’s                                         § 136.112          Incorporation by reference.
                                                                                                                           *      *    *   *     *                                                     manufacturer’s specific guidance.
                                                instructions. Additionally, if you go to
                                                                                                                              (h) * * *                                                                   (d) Existing equipment and
                                                the online docket and sign up for email
                                                                                                                              (1) NFPA 10—Standard for Portable                                        installations not meeting the applicable
                                                alerts, you will be notified when
                                                                                                                           Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition,                                           requirements of this part may be
                                                comments are posted or a final rule is
                                                                                                                           effective December 5, 2009, IBR                                             continued in service so long as they are
                                                published.
                                                   We accept anonymous comments. All                                       approved for § 142.240(a) of this                                           in good condition and accepted by the
                                                comments received will be posted                                           subchapter.                                                                 local OCMI or TPO.
                                                without change to http://                                                  *      *    *   *     *                                                     ■ 5. Amend § 142.225 by revising
                                                www.regulations.gov and will include                                                                                                                   paragraph (d) to read as follows:
                                                any personal information you have                                          PART 142—FIRE PROTECTION
                                                provided. For more about privacy and                                                                                                                   § 142.225 Storage of flammable or
                                                                                                                           ■ 3. The authority citation for part 142                                    combustible products.
                                                the docket, you may review a Privacy                                       continues to read as follows:
                                                Act notice regarding the Federal Docket                                                                                                                *     *     *     *     *
                                                Management System in the March 24,                                           Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3103, 3301, 3306,                                      (d) A 40–B portable fire extinguisher
                                                2005, issue of the Federal Register (70                                    3308, 3316, 8104, 8904; 33 CFR 1.05;                                        must be located near the storage room
                                                                                                                           Department of Homeland Security Delegation                                  or cabinet. This is in addition to the
                                                FR 15086).                                                                 0170.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       portable fire extinguishers required by
                                                List of Subjects                                                           ■  4. Amend § 142.215 as follows:                                           tables 142.230(a) and 142.230(b) of this
                                                46 CFR Part 136                                                            ■  a. In paragraph (a), remove the text                                     part.
                                                                                                                           ‘‘hand-’’; and
                                                  Incorporation by reference, Reporting                                    ■ b. Revise paragraph (c); and                                              ■   6. Revise § 142.230 to read as follows:
                                                and recordkeeping requirements,                                            ■ c. Add paragraph (d).
                                                Towing vessels.                                                                                                                                        § 142.230 Portable fire extinguishers and
                                                                                                                              The revision and addition read as                                        semi-portable fire-extinguishing systems.
                                                46 CFR Part 142                                                            follows:
                                                                                                                                                                                                         (a) Towing vessels of 65 feet or less
                                                  Fire prevention, Incorporation by                                        § 142.215          Approved equipment.                                      in length must carry at least the
                                                reference, Marine safety, Reporting and                                    *     *    *     *    *                                                     minimum number of portable fire
                                                recordkeeping requirements, Towing                                           (c) New installations of fire-                                            extinguishers set forth in table
                                                vessels.                                                                   extinguishing and fire-detection                                            142.230(a).

                                                                                                       TABLE 142.230(a)—10–B:C PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Minimum number of 10–B:C portable
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            fire extinguishers
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 required 1
                                                                                                                      Length, feet                                                                                                          Fixed fire-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   No fixed fire-extin-    extinguishing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   guishing system in        system in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    machinery space       machinery space

                                                Under 26 2 ....................................................................................................................................................                      1                  0
                                                26 and over, but under 40 ...........................................................................................................................                                2                  1
                                                40 and over, but not over 65 .......................................................................................................................                                 3                  2
                                                   1 One    40–B:C portable fire extinguisher may be substituted for two 10–B:C portable fire extinguishers.
                                                   2 See    § 136.105 of this subchapter concerning vessels under 26 feet.


                                                  (b) Towing vessels of more than 65                                       main engines or fraction thereof. A                                                 TABLE 142.230(b)—40–B:C
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                feet in length must carry—                                                 towing vessel is not required to carry                                             PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
                                                  (1) At least the minimum number of                                       more than six additional 40–B portable
                                                portable fire extinguishers set forth in                                   fire extinguishers in the engine room for                                   Gross tonnage—                     Minimum number
                                                table 142.230(b); and                                                      this purpose, regardless of horsepower.                                                                            of 40–B:C
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             portable fire
                                                  (2) One 40–B portable fire                                                                                                                                      Over        Not over      extinguishers
                                                extinguisher fitted in the engine room
                                                for each 1,000 brake horsepower of the                                                                                                                                               50                 1



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014         14:55 Feb 23, 2018         Jkt 244001       PO 00000       Frm 00016        Fmt 4700       Sfmt 4700      E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM                26FER1


                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                8181

                                                   TABLE 142.230(b)—40–B:C PORT-                        reference, see § 136.112 of this                        Dated: February 15, 2018.
                                                   ABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS—Contin-                      subchapter), with the frequency                       J.G. Lantz,
                                                   ued                                                  specified by NFPA 10 and as amended                   Director of Commercial Regulations and
                                                                                                        here:                                                 Standards, U.S. Coast Guard.
                                                Gross tonnage—                       Minimum number        (i) Certification or licensing by a state          [FR Doc. 2018–03733 Filed 2–23–18; 8:45 am]
                                                                                         of 40–B:C      or local jurisdiction as a fire                       BILLING CODE 9110–04–P
                                                                                        portable fire
                                                     Over             Not over                          extinguisher servicing agency will be
                                                                                       extinguishers
                                                                                                        accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting
                                                50 ..................         100                     2 the personnel certification requirements
                                                100 ................          500                     3 of NFPA 10 for annual maintenance and                 FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
                                                500 ................       1,000                      6 recharging of extinguishers.                          COMMISSION
                                                1,000 ............. ................                  8
                                                                                                           (ii) Monthly inspections required by               47 CFR Parts 1 and 73
                                                   (c) The frame or support of any semi-                NFPA     10 may be conducted by the
                                                portable fire extinguisher fitted with                  owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a
                                                                                                                                                              [MB Docket No. 17–106; Report No. 3086]
                                                wheels must be welded or otherwise                      designated member of the crew.
                                                permanently attached to a steel                            (iii) Non-rechargeable or non-                     Petition for Partial Reconsideration of
                                                bulkhead or deck to prevent it from                     refillable extinguishers must be                      Action in Rulemaking Proceeding
                                                rolling under heavy sea conditions.                     inspected and maintained in accordance
                                                   (d) Extinguishers with larger                        with NFPA 10; however, the annual                     AGENCY:Federal Communications
                                                numerical ratings or multiple letter                    maintenance need not be conducted by                  Commission.
                                                designations may be used if the                         a certified person and can be conducted
                                                                                                                                                              ACTION:   Petition for reconsideration.
                                                extinguishers meet the minimum                          by the owner, operator, person-in-
                                                requirements of this section.                           charge, or a designated member of the
                                                                                                                                                              SUMMARY:  A Petition for Partial
                                                ■ 7. Add § 142.231 to read as follows:                  crew.
                                                                                                                                                              Reconsideration (Petition) has been filed
                                                § 142.231 Exception for portable and semi-
                                                                                                           (iv) The owner or managing operator                in the Commission’s rulemaking
                                                portable fire extinguishers required for                must provide satisfactory evidence of                 proceeding by Dan J. Alpert, on behalf
                                                existing towing vessels.                                the required servicing to the marine                  of DA LA HUNT BROADCASTING
                                                   (a) Previously installed fire                        inspector or TPO, as applicable. If any               CORP.
                                                extinguishers with extinguishing                        of the equipment or records have not
                                                capacities smaller than what is required been properly maintained, a qualified                                DATES:  Oppositions to the Petition must
                                                by § 142.230 of this part need not be                   servicing facility must perform the                   be filed on or before March 13, 2018.
                                                replaced and may be continued in                        required inspections, maintenance                     Replies to an opposition must be filed
                                                service so long as they are maintained                  procedures, and hydrostatic pressure                  on or before March 23, 2018.
                                                in good condition to the satisfaction of                tests. A tag issued by a qualified                    ADDRESSES:Federal Communications
                                                the OCMI.                                               servicing organization, and attached to               Commission, 445 12th Street SW,
                                                   (b) All new equipment and                            each extinguisher, may be accepted as                 Washington, DC 20554.
                                                installations must meet the applicable                  evidence that the necessary
                                                requirements in this part for new                       maintenance procedures have been                      FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                                vessels.                                                conducted.                                            Diana Sokolow, phone: 202–418–0588,
                                                                                                           (2) Fixed fire-extinguishing systems               email: Diana.Sokolow@FCC.gov.
                                                ■ 8. Amend § 142.240 by revising
                                                paragraphs (a) introductory text, (a)(1)                must be inspected and tested, as                      SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:     This is a
                                                and (2), the heading for Table 142.240,                 required by table 142.240 of this section,            summary of the Commission’s
                                                and paragraph (c)(2) to read as follows:                in addition to the tests required by                  document, Report No. 3086, released
                                                                                                        §§ 147.60 and 147.65 of subchapter N of               February 15, 2018. The full text of the
                                                § 142.240 Inspection, testing,                          this chapter.                                         Petition is available for viewing and
                                                maintenance, and records.
                                                                                                        *       *     *    *      *                           copying at the FCC Reference
                                                   (a) Inspection and testing. All portable                                                                   Information Center, 445 12th Street SW,
                                                fire extinguishers, semi-portable fire-                 Table 142.240 to paragraph (a)—Fixed
                                                                                                                                                              Room CY–A257, Washington, DC 20554.
                                                extinguishing systems, fire-detection                   fire-extinguishing systems
                                                                                                                                                              It also may be accessed online via the
                                                systems, and fixed fire-extinguishing                   *       *     *    *      *                           Commission’s Electronic Comment
                                                systems, including ventilation,                                                                               Filing System at: http://apps.fcc.gov/
                                                machinery shutdowns, and fixed fire-                    *       *     *    *      *                           ecfs/. The Commission will not send a
                                                extinguishing system pressure-operated                     (c) * * *                                          Congressional Review Act (CRA)
                                                dampers on board the vessel, must be                                                                          submission to Congress or the
                                                inspected or tested at least once every                    (2) The records of inspections and
                                                                                                        tests of portable fire extinguishers and              Government Accountability Office
                                                12 months, as prescribed in paragraphs                                                                        pursuant to the CRA, 5.U.S.C. because
                                                (a)(1) through (8) of this section, or more semi-portable fire-extinguishing systems                          no rules are being adopted by the
                                                frequently if otherwise required by the                 may be recorded in accordance with
                                                                                                        paragraph (c)(1) of this section, or on a             Commission.
                                                TSMS applicable to the vessel.
                                                   (1) Portable and semi-portable fire                  tag attached to each unit by a qualified                 Subject: Elimination of Main Studio
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                extinguishers must be inspected,                        servicing organization.                               Rule, MB Docket No. 17–106, FCC 17–
                                                maintained, and tested in accordance                                                                          137, published at 82 FR 57876,
                                                                                                        § 142.315 [Amended]                                   December 8, 2017. This document is
                                                with the inspection, maintenance
                                                procedures, and hydrostatic pressure                    ■ 9. Amend § 142.315 by removing the                  being published pursuant to 47 CFR
                                                tests required by Chapters 7 and 8 of                   text ‘‘B–V’’ in paragraphs (a)(3)(i) and              1.429(e). See also 47 CFR 1.4(b)(1) and
                                                NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire                     (b)(1) and adding in its place the text               1.429(f), (g).
                                                Extinguishers (incorporated by                          ‘‘160–B’’.                                               Number of Petitions Filed: 1.


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM   26FER1


                                                8182             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                                Federal Communications Commission.                      New Jersey Avenue SE, West Building,                    C. Nissan Petition for Reconsideration
                                                Marlene H. Dortch,                                      Washington, DC 20590.                                   D. Other Issues
                                                                                                                                                              IV. Agency Response and Decision
                                                Secretary, Office of the Secretary.                     FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: You
                                                                                                                                                                A. Phase-In Schedule, Compliance Dates,
                                                [FR Doc. 2018–03865 Filed 2–23–18; 8:45 am]             may contact Mr. Thomas Healy in                            and Lead Time
                                                BILLING CODE 6712–01–P                                  NHTSA’s Office of the Chief Counsel                     B. Sameness Requirement for Same Make,
                                                                                                        regarding legal issues at (202) 366–2992                   Model, Model Year Vehicles
                                                                                                        or FAX: 202–366–3820. For non-legal                     C. Criteria for Sameness of Production
                                                DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION                            issues, you may contact Mr. Michael                        Vehicles
                                                                                                        Pyne, NHTSA Office of Crash                             D. Alteration of the OEM Alert Sound
                                                National Highway Traffic Safety                         Avoidance Standards, at (202) 366–4171                  E. Crossover Speed
                                                                                                        or FAX: 202–493–2990.                                   F. Technical Clarifications in the Nissan
                                                Administration
                                                                                                                                                                   and Honda Petitions
                                                                                                        SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Of the six                   G. Other Comments Relevant to the Final
                                                49 CFR Part 571                                         requested changes contained in the                         Rule
                                                                                                        petitions, NHTSA is granting the                      V. Response to Petitions for Reconsideration
                                                [Docket No. NHTSA–2018–0018]
                                                                                                        petition request to postpone the                      VI. Rulemaking Analyses and Notices
                                                RIN 2127–AL84                                           compliance phase-in schedule by one
                                                                                                        year. NHTSA also is granting two                      I. Executive Summary
                                                Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard                   petition requests relating to the                        Pursuant to the Pedestrian Safety
                                                No. 141, Minimum Sound                                  ‘‘Sameness’’ requirements in the final                Enhancement Act of 2010 (PSEA),1
                                                Requirements for Hybrid and Electric                    rule to further allow variations in alert             NHTSA issued a final rule on December
                                                Vehicles                                                sound across different vehicle types,                 14, 2016, to create a new FMVSS setting
                                                                                                        and to reduce the number of compliance                minimum sound level requirements for
                                                AGENCY:  National Highway Traffic
                                                                                                        criteria to meet the sameness standards.              low-speed operation of hybrid and
                                                Safety Administration (NHTSA), DOT.
                                                                                                        In addition, NHTSA is granting a                      electric light vehicles. The minimum
                                                ACTION: Final rule; response to petitions               petition request to modify the regulatory             sound requirements provide a means for
                                                for reconsideration.                                    language to permit the alteration of the              blind and other pedestrians as well as
                                                                                                        alert sound as originally equipped on a               bicyclists and other road users to detect
                                                SUMMARY:    This document responds to
                                                                                                        vehicle for repairs and recall remedies.              the presence of these so-called quiet
                                                petitions for reconsideration regarding
                                                                                                        NHTSA has decided to deny one                         vehicles and thereby reduce the risk that
                                                NHTSA’s December 2016 final rule
                                                                                                        petition request to change the crossover              these vehicles will be involved in low-
                                                which established new Federal motor
                                                                                                        speed, which is the speed above which                 speed pedestrian crashes.
                                                vehicle safety standard (FMVSS) No.
                                                                                                        the pedestrian alert sound is allowed to                 After the final rule was published,
                                                141, ‘‘Minimum sound for hybrid and
                                                                                                        turn off, from 30 kilometers per hour                 NHTSA received timely petitions for
                                                electric vehicles.’’ The agency received
                                                                                                        (km/h) to 20 km/h. The agency has                     reconsideration 2 from three sources:
                                                submissions from three petitioners
                                                                                                        determined that the available                         The Auto Alliance in conjunction with
                                                requesting six discrete changes to the
                                                                                                        information on lowering the crossover                 Global Automakers (Alliance/Global);
                                                final rule, and also received technical
                                                                                                        speed does not warrant making that                    American Honda Motor Company, Inc.
                                                questions from the petitioners. After
                                                                                                        change.                                               (Honda); and Nissan North America,
                                                consideration of the petitions and all
                                                                                                           Furthermore, regarding a petition                  Inc. (Nissan). These petitions requested
                                                supporting information, NHTSA has
                                                                                                        request to allow vehicles to be                       several changes covering several aspects
                                                decided to grant the petitions for four of
                                                                                                        manufactured with a suite of driver-                  of the final rule. Of the various issues
                                                the discrete changes, deny one, and
                                                                                                        selectable pedestrian alert sounds, the               covered in these petitions, NHTSA
                                                request comment in a separate
                                                                                                        agency is neither granting nor denying                identified the following six discrete
                                                document for the sixth proposed
                                                                                                        that request in this document. Instead,               requests for specific changes to
                                                change.
                                                                                                        NHTSA intends to issue a separate                     requirements in the final rule (listed
                                                DATES:   Effective April 27, 2018.                      document at a later date to seek                      here in the order they appear in the
                                                   Compliance dates: Compliance with                    comment on the issue of driver-                       Alliance/Global, Honda, and Nissan
                                                FMVSS No. 141 and related regulations,                  selectable sounds.                                    petitions):
                                                as amended in this rule, is required for                   Additionally, this document                           1. To delay by one year both the
                                                all hybrid and electric vehicles to which               addresses a few requests for technical                compliance phase-in schedule and the
                                                these regulations are applicable                        changes and provides a few                            date by which all vehicle production
                                                beginning on September 1, 2020. The                     clarifications of final rule technical                must comply with the rule (section S9);
                                                initial compliance date for newly                       requirements raised in the petitions.                    2. To limit the compliance criteria for
                                                manufactured vehicles under the 50-                     Lastly, this document responds to a                   the Sameness requirement (section
                                                percent phase-in as specified in FMVSS                  comment on the final rule about the                   S5.5.2) to only the digital sound file and
                                                No. 141 is delayed by one year to                       availability of industry technical                    digital processing algorithm;
                                                September 1, 2019.                                      standards incorporated by reference in                   3. To modify the Sameness
                                                   Petitions for reconsideration of this                the final rule.                                       requirement (S5.5.1) to allow alert
                                                final action must be received not later                                                                       sounds to vary by trim level or model
                                                than April 12, 2018.                                    Table of Contents                                     series rather than just by make/model;
                                                ADDRESSES: Correspondence related to                    I. Executive Summary                                     4. To modify section S8, which
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                this rule including petitions for                       II. Background                                        prohibits altering the factory-equipped
                                                reconsideration and comments should                        A. Notice of Proposed Rulemaking                   alert sound, to allow recall remedies
                                                                                                           B. Final Rule
                                                refer to the docket number in the                       III. Petitions for Reconsideration Received by          1 Pedestrian Safety Enhancement Act of 2010,
                                                heading of this document and be                               NHTSA                                           Public Law 111–373, 124 Stat. 4086 (2011).
                                                submitted to: Administrator, National                      A. Alliance/Global Petition for                      2 The final rule allowed 45 days for submitting
                                                Highway Traffic Safety Administration,                        Reconsideration and Letters of Support          petitions for reconsideration, resulting in a deadline
                                                U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200                    B. Honda Petition for Reconsideration              of January 30, 2017.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM   26FER1


                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                             8183

                                                and vehicle repairs when components of                  Phase-In Schedule and Lead Time                       bodywork such as grille design and
                                                the alert system are shared with other                     The Alliance/Global and Honda                      body cladding, which have the potential
                                                vehicle systems;                                        petitions along with a supplemental                   to influence both the emitted sound and
                                                   5. To lower the crossover speed from                 submission from Alliance/Global and a                 the air-generated sound when the
                                                30 km/h (18.6 mph) to 20 km/h (12.4                     supporting comment from General                       vehicle is in motion. The agency
                                                mph);                                                   Motors Corporation discussed several                  recognizes that, because of these
                                                                                                        reasons related to vehicle design,                    differences, it is not accurate in all
                                                   6. To modify the Sameness                                                                                  instances to consider all vehicles of the
                                                requirement so that a vehicle can be                    development, and manufacturing that
                                                                                                                                                              same make/model to be the same for the
                                                equipped with a suite of up to five                     will make it very difficult if not
                                                                                                                                                              purposes of the FMVSS No. 141
                                                driver-selectable alert sounds.                         impossible for manufacturers to meet
                                                                                                                                                              requirement.
                                                                                                        the final rule’s compliance phase-in                     Where the PSEA required ‘‘the same
                                                   To facilitate the agency’s response to               schedule. The petitions and supporting
                                                the petitions, we are treating each of                                                                        sound or set of sounds for all vehicles
                                                                                                        comments pointed out that there are                   of the same make and model,’’ it was
                                                these six issues as separate petition                   significant differences between the final
                                                requests and addressing them                                                                                  left up to NHTSA to interpret how
                                                                                                        rule requirements and those in the                    ‘‘model’’ should be defined for the
                                                individually in this document.                          NPRM, as well as differences between                  purpose of regulating similarity of the
                                                   As fully discussed later in this rule,               the final rule and a European regulation              pedestrian alert sound. The agency
                                                the agency is granting several of these                 on minimum vehicle sound, that will                   therefore has decided to grant the
                                                petition requests, specifically the first               force manufacturers to make changes to                Alliance/Global and Honda petitions
                                                four issues listed above. We believe the                prospective vehicle designs. Even if a                with respect to this part of the
                                                corresponding adjustments to the final                  manufacturer had already incorporated                 ‘‘Sameness’’ requirement. We are
                                                rule will clarify requirements, provide                 NPRM specifications into future vehicle               amending the final rule so that alert
                                                more flexibility to vehicle                             designs, more design lead time still is               sounds can vary across different vehicle
                                                manufacturers, and remove potential                     needed to accommodate final rule                      trim levels in addition to varying by
                                                barriers to achieving compliance, while                 requirements. They also discussed the                 make, model, and model year as
                                                having no foreseeable impact on the                     specific language used in the PSEA                    provided in the final rule.
                                                safety benefits estimated in the                        regarding phase-in of compliance and                     We note that the term ‘‘trim level’’
                                                December 2016 final rule, as this rule                  indicated they believe the PSEA                       was suggested in the Alliance/Global
                                                simply corrects an error in the original                requires NHTSA to provide an                          petition as the criterion that should be
                                                final rule related to the phase-in                      additional year of lead time before                   used to distinguish vehicles for the
                                                schedule and does not make changes                      manufacturers must achieve full                       purpose of the FMVSS No. 141
                                                that affect the substance of the required               compliance with the standard.                         Sameness requirements. Honda
                                                alert sound. The agency is denying the                     In consideration of these petitions and            meanwhile suggested using the term
                                                fifth item above, relating to cross-over                supporting documents, the agency                      ‘‘series.’’ ‘‘Trim level’’ is not a term that
                                                speed, because no new data or analyses                  recognizes that hybrid and electric                   is defined in NHTSA regulations, while
                                                have been presented that would justify                  vehicle product cycles that are in                    the term ‘‘series’’ is defined in Part
                                                reversing the agency’s previous                         process for model years 2019 and 2020                 565.12. However, according to another
                                                conclusion on cross-over speed as                       may already be beyond the point where                 definition in Part 565.12, specifically
                                                presented in the final rule preamble. As                they could fully meet the final rule’s                the definition of ‘‘model,’’ a series is not
                                                for the last item, on driver-selectable                 compliance phase-in schedule.                         considered a subset of a model, as it
                                                sounds, the agency has decided to                          Thus, the agency has decided to grant              would appear Honda assumed it is.
                                                request public comment before deciding                  the petitions from Alliance/Global and                Therefore, we believe that the term
                                                how to respond to that request, and                     Honda with respect to extending the                   ‘‘series’’ is not appropriate to use in this
                                                NHTSA intends to issue a notice of                      lead-time for compliance with the final               instance. We thus are modifying the
                                                proposed rulemaking (NPRM) or other                     rule. In this document, we are                        regulatory text to account for different
                                                Federal Register document on that                       specifying new compliance dates which                 trim levels, but not ‘‘series.’’ We believe
                                                issue.                                                  delay by one full year the date in the                amending the requirement in this way is
                                                                                                        final rule by which a fifty percent                   the best approach for identifying groups
                                                   In this document, the agency also                    phase-in must be achieved (revised to                 of vehicles that are required to have the
                                                responds to two issues raised by Nissan                 September 1, 2019) and the deadline                   same pedestrian alert sound. This also
                                                relating to acoustic specifications in the              date for full compliance of all vehicles              will provide the added flexibility in the
                                                final rule. In addition, in response to                 subject to the requirements of the safety             Sameness requirement that
                                                technical questions in the Honda                        standard (revised to September 1, 2020).              manufacturers are seeking, and it is
                                                petition, we are providing several                      We also are making conforming changes                 responsive to both the Alliance/Global
                                                clarifications of some requirements.                    to the dates in the Part 585 Phase-in                 and Honda requests on this issue.
                                                   Lastly, in this document, NHTSA is                   Reporting requirements as amended by                     The second change we are making to
                                                responding to two comments submitted                    the December 14, 2016, final rule.                    the Sameness requirements is to limit
                                                to the docket, one from Ford regarding                                                                        the criteria listed in paragraph S5.1.2 for
                                                the legality of equipping certain                       Changes to Sameness Requirements                      verifying compliance. As requested by
                                                vehicles used for security purposes with                  The automakers that petitioned                      Alliance/Global, we are simplifying the
                                                a means of turning off the required                     NHTSA stated that vehicles of the same                listed criteria so that the digital sound
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                pedestrian alert sound, and the other                   model can have significant differences                file and the sound processing algorithms
                                                from PublicResource.org regarding the                   that might affect their sound output. For             will be the only specific criteria that are
                                                availability to the general public of                   example, Honda pointed out that a two-                required to be the same from one
                                                technical documents, including                          door and four-door car can have the                   specimen test vehicle to another. The
                                                industry standards from SAE, ISO, and                   same make/model designation. Vehicles                 automakers stated that other Sameness
                                                ANSI, incorporated by reference in the                  of the same model designation also                    criteria listed in the final rule, such as
                                                final rule.                                             might have different powertrains and                  component part numbers, are hardware-


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM   26FER1


                                                8184             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                                based criteria that should be excluded.                 comments, including Nissan’s, about the               allowed if NHTSA were to allow them,
                                                One reason is that the PSEA statutory                   need to evaluate crossover speed using                we believe it is appropriate to seek
                                                language allowed for ‘‘reasonable                       detectability criteria rather than by other           public comment before determining
                                                manufacturing tolerances.’’ They also                   methods. The new analysis in the final                whether to grant this request. Therefore,
                                                stated that requiring hardware-based                    rule used the Volpe detection model                   in accordance with normal rulemaking
                                                Sameness would unnecessarily impede                     which previously had been used to                     administrative procedures, NHTSA
                                                competitive sourcing of components, a                   develop the final rule’s acoustic                     tentatively plans to issue a separate
                                                practice by which automakers source                     specifications. In this new analysis, data            document, which would provide an
                                                components from different suppliers                     from a selection of internal combustion               opportunity for public comment on this
                                                such that the components may have                       engine (ICE) vehicles in coast down                   particular issue.
                                                dissimilar part numbers even though                     mode (engine off to simulate an EV or
                                                                                                                                                              Technical Issues and Clarifications in
                                                they are built to the same OEM                          HV in electric mode) was analyzed
                                                                                                                                                              the Honda and Nissan Petitions
                                                specification and have the same                         using the Volpe model to determine
                                                performance. Alliance/Global also cited                 whether the vehicle noise at each test                   In addition to requesting specific
                                                a legal precedent under which NHTSA                     speed (10, 20, and 30 km/h) had reached               changes to requirements in the final
                                                regulations generally must avoid being                  a detectable level. NHTSA’s conclusion                rule, the petitions raised technical
                                                design-restrictive except when there is a               about this new detection-based analysis               issues relating to the acoustic
                                                valid safety justification.                             was that it did not support lowering the              specifications and test procedures and
                                                                                                        crossover speed to 20 km/h. Since this                also asked for clarification on specific
                                                Modify Requirement for Alteration of                                                                          language in the final rule. These
                                                                                                        analysis was based on detection rather
                                                OEM Alert Sound                                                                                               technical issues are summarized here
                                                                                                        than comparisons to other vehicles, we
                                                   NHTSA has decided to grant                           believe it was responsive to the Nissan               and fully addressed later in this
                                                Alliance/Global’s request to amend the                  NPRM comments on crossover speed.                     document.
                                                language in paragraph S8 of the final                   Given that fact and the absence of new                   Technical issues raised in Nissan’s
                                                rule prohibiting the alteration of the                  data in Nissan’s petition, NHTSA has no               petition included two items: First was a
                                                alert sound originally equipped on a                    basis to revise our previous conclusion               request to allow the use of adjacent
                                                vehicle at the time of production.                      about crossover speed.                                instead of only non-adjacent one-third
                                                Alliance/Global and Honda state that                       The agency also notes that the final               octave bands for compliance; and
                                                this prohibition is unnecessarily                       rule contained other concessions that                 second was a request to set the
                                                restrictive and does not allow for                      indirectly address manufacturer                       minimum band sum requirements for
                                                ‘‘reasonable manufacturing tolerance’’                  concerns about crossover speed. In the                the 2-band compliance option to be
                                                as required by the PSEA. Furthermore,                   final rule, in addition to reducing the               equal to the corresponding overall SPLs
                                                they are concerned the final rule could                 required number of bands from the                     of the 4-band compliance option. We
                                                prohibit vehicle repairs and recall                     proposed number of eight bands, all                   note that, while Nissan phrased these
                                                remedies when hardware components                       required minimum sound levels for                     two issues as petition requests, we are
                                                such as an electronic control unit or                   each operating speed were reduced by 4                treating them as technical clarifications
                                                body control module, which may by                       dB to offset potential measurement                    because the final rule preamble
                                                design be shared between the alert                      variation. By virtue of this across-the-              included substantial explanation of the
                                                system and other vehicle systems, needs                 board reduction, the required sound                   agency’s rationale for specifying non-
                                                to be replaced.                                         levels at 30 km/h in the final rule are               adjacent bands for compliance as well
                                                   Although the agency is uncertain that                close to the proposed levels for 20 km/               as the agency’s methodology for
                                                the existing final rule language which                  h in the NPRM for this rulemaking.                    selecting the band sum levels for the 2-
                                                prohibits altering the alert sound                         Lastly, we note that safety                        band compliance option, and we do not
                                                originally equipped on a production                     organizations, particularly the National              believe that the information presented
                                                vehicle would impede any vehicle                        Federation of the Blind, have expressed               in Nissan’s petition invalidates the
                                                repairs or remedies, we are adopting                    their support of the 30 km/h crossover                agency’s previous analysis, as explained
                                                this change to clarify the existing                     speed and have not agreed that lowering               later in this document. After giving
                                                language because it was not the agency’s                it to 20 km/h is acceptable.                          these two technical requests from
                                                intention to hinder vehicle repairs or                     The agency’s position continues to be              Nissan due consideration, the agency is
                                                recall remedies.                                        that lowering the crossover speed from                not making any changes to the acoustic
                                                                                                        the 30 km/h level, contained in both the              specifications in response to these
                                                Reduce the Crossover Speed to                           NPRM and final rule, is not warranted                 requests.
                                                20 km/h                                                 by the available information, and we are                 Honda’s petition requested the
                                                  NHTSA is denying Nissan’s request to                  denying the Nissan petition request on                following technical clarifications:
                                                reduce the crossover speed from 30 km/                  this issue.                                           Whether a vehicle can switch between
                                                h (18.6 mph) to 20 km/h (12.4 mph).                                                                           2-band and 4-band compliance at the
                                                Nissan’s petition stated that NHTSA had                 Allow Driver-Selectable Alert Sounds                  different test speeds; which bands
                                                not specifically addressed their NPRM                     NHTSA has decided to seek comment                   should be selected for compliance when
                                                comment regarding this issue. The                       on Alliance/Global’s request to allow                 the highest band levels above and below
                                                Nissan petition did not provide new                     hybrid and electric vehicles to be                    1000 Hz are in adjacent rather than non-
                                                information or data on crossover speed                  equipped with multiple, driver-                       adjacent bands; and how to calculate the
                                                that NHTSA had not considered when                      selectable alert sounds before granting               average of overall SPL values (section
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                developing the final rule.                              or denying this request. Amending the                 S7.1.4). Also, Honda requested that
                                                  NHTSA notes that the final rule did                   requirements to allow multiple sounds                 indoor testing be an option available for
                                                specifically address a JASIC study and                  per vehicle would be a substantial                    manufacturer certification in addition to
                                                test data which was the basis of the                    change to the final rule. Because                     outdoor testing.
                                                Nissan NPRM comment. More                               NHTSA did not solicit or receive                         In reviewing the regulatory text of the
                                                importantly, NHTSA included a new                       comment on the number of driver-                      December 2016 final rule to address
                                                analysis in the final rule to address                   selectable sounds that should be                      Honda’s petition, NHTSA identified


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM   26FER1


                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                           8185

                                                several inconsistencies and minor errors                   In accordance with the PSEA, NHTSA                 operating with internal combustion
                                                in section S7 of the regulatory text.                   issued an NPRM 3 on January 14, 2013,                 engines (ICEs). For example, the sound
                                                Because the agency already was making                   and a final rule 4 on December 14, 2016,              level of a hybrid Toyota Camry in
                                                a number of text changes to S7 to                       establishing FMVSS No. 141,                           electric mode in a pass-by test at 20 km/
                                                respond to Honda, NHTSA has taken                       ‘‘Minimum Sound Requirements for                      h was directly compared to the sound
                                                this opportunity to correct and clarify                 Hybrid and Electric Vehicles.’’                       level of a conventional gas-engine
                                                the text as needed to resolve those                       NHTSA’s conducted a statistical crash               Toyota Camry of the same model year at
                                                inconsistencies and errors.                             data study, as cited in the final rule,5              the same pass-by speed of 20 km/h.
                                                                                                        which found that the pedestrian crash                    The NPRM specified an outdoor
                                                Comment About Availability of                           rate of hybrid vehicles was 1.18 times                compliance test procedure based on the
                                                Documents Incorporated by Reference                     greater than that of conventional ICE                 September 2011 version of SAE J2889–
                                                   A submission to the docket from                      vehicles. The agency’s Final Regulatory               1. The compliance procedure included
                                                Publicresource.org was concerned with                   Impact Assessment is available in the                 tests for stationary, reverse, and pass-by
                                                the public availability of technical                    docket 6 with some proprietary                        measurements conducted at 10 km/h
                                                documents that were incorporated by                     information redacted. Also, the benefits              (6.2 mph), 20 km/h (12.4 mph), and 30
                                                reference into the final rule. The                      of the final rule are summarized in                   km/h (18.6 mph). We explained in the
                                                documents in question are industry                      section V–A 7 of the final rule preamble,             NPRM that NHTSA believed that
                                                technical standards including an SAE                    and the costs are summarized in section               outdoor pass-by testing is preferable to
                                                recommended practice (in two                            V–B.8                                                 indoor testing in hemi-anechoic
                                                versions), an ISO standard (in three                      NHTSA also completed an                             chambers using chassis dynamometers
                                                versions), and an ANSI standard.                        Environmental Assessment 9 of the                     because outdoor testing is more
                                                Publicresource.org stated that various                  potential for increase in ambient noise               representative of the real-world
                                                parties and members of the public that                  levels in urban and non-urban                         interactions between pedestrians and
                                                may have some interest in the rule                      environments in the U.S. which would                  vehicles. We also expressed concern
                                                would not have adequate access to these                 result from a federal regulation setting              that specifications for indoor testing
                                                reference documents. This might                         minimum sound levels for hybrid and                   were not fully developed and did not
                                                include consumer protection groups,                     electric vehicles. The Environmental                  have a known level of objectivity,
                                                small manufacturers, hobbyists, and                     Assessment estimated that there will be               repeatability, and reproducibility for
                                                students. Publicresource.org did not                    only minimal impact in one type of non-               testing minimum vehicle sound at low
                                                specify why they believe availability                   urban scenario, and the overall                       speeds.
                                                would be limited or lacking, whether                    environmental noise increase from the                    The NPRM proposed a Sameness
                                                that would be due to cost of the                        safety standard for HVs and EVs was                   requirement in order to ensure that
                                                documents or some other reason. The                     found to be negligible.                               hybrid and electric vehicles of the same
                                                agency’s position is that the subject                                                                         make and model emit the same sound,
                                                                                                        A. Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
                                                reference documents for FMVSS No.                                                                             as directed by the PSEA. The NPRM
                                                141 are available in the same manner as                   Pursuant to the Pedestrian Safety                   proposed that vehicles of the same
                                                reference documents for any other                       Enhancement Act, NHTSA issued a                       make, model, and model year must emit
                                                FMVSS. For this rulemaking, the agency                  Notice of Proposed Rulemaking                         the same level of sound within 3 dB(A)
                                                followed the same practice for handling                 (NPRM) 10 in January 2013 to create a                 in each one-third octave band from 160
                                                reference documents as it always                        new FMVSS setting minimum sound                       Hz to 5000 Hz.
                                                follows, as set forth in Section VI,                    level requirements for low-speed
                                                                                                        operation of hybrid and electric light                B. Final Rule
                                                Regulatory Notices and Analyses, in the
                                                final rule, as well as in the                           vehicles.                                                As noted, the final rule was published
                                                corresponding section at the end of this                  The NPRM proposed a crossover                       on December 14, 2016, and established
                                                document.                                               speed of 30 km/h (18.6 mph) because at                FMVSS No. 141 which applies to
                                                                                                        that speed, based on NHTSA tests that                 electric and hybrid-electric passenger
                                                II. Background                                          used a ‘‘peer vehicle’’ comparison                    cars, MPVs, light trucks, and buses with
                                                   NHTSA’s involvement with the safety                  methodology, tire noise, wind                         a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less and
                                                of quiet hybrid and electric vehicles and               resistance, and other noises from the                 to low speed vehicles (LSVs). The
                                                their impact on pedestrian safety goes                  vehicle eliminated the need for added                 standard applies to these vehicles if
                                                back at least a decade to when the                      alert sounds. In the agency’s tests, the              they can be operated in an electric mode
                                                agency began monitoring efforts by                      sound levels of a selection of electric               in the test conditions covered by the
                                                various outside groups on this issue. In                and hybrid vehicles were evaluated and                standard, without an any internal
                                                2008 the agency held a public meeting                   compared to the sound levels of                       combustion engine (ICE) operation. The
                                                on the safety of quiet vehicles and, the                vehicles having the same or similar                   final rule requires hybrid and electric
                                                following year, initiated a statistical                 make, model, and body type but                        vehicles to emit sound at minimum
                                                study of relevant pedestrian crashes and                                                                      levels while the vehicle is stationary
                                                                                                          3 78 FR 2797.
                                                began researching the acoustical aspects                                                                      (although not when the vehicle is
                                                                                                          4 81 FR 90416.
                                                of the safety problem.                                    5 NHTSA Traffic Safety Facts—Research Note,
                                                                                                                                                              parked, i.e., when the transmission is in
                                                   In January 2011, the U.S. Congress                                                                         ‘‘park’’), while in reverse, and while the
                                                                                                        Wu, J., Feb. 2017, ‘‘Updated Analysis of Pedestrian
                                                enacted legislation, the Pedestrian                     and Pedalcyclist Crashes with Hybrid Vehicles’’       vehicle is in forward motion up to 30
                                                Safety Enhancement Act of 2010                          available at https://crashstats.nhtsa.dot.gov/Api/    km/h. It also adopted the agency’s
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                (PSEA), which directed NHTSA to                         Public/ViewPublication/812371.                        proposal to conduct compliance testing
                                                                                                          6 See docket NHTSA–2016–0125–0011 at
                                                undertake rulemaking to create a new                                                                          outdoors.
                                                                                                        www.regulations.gov.
                                                safety standard to require hybrid and                     7 81 FR 90505.
                                                                                                                                                                 In the final rule, the agency reduced
                                                electric vehicles to have a minimum                       8 81 FR 90507.                                      the number of one-third octave bands
                                                sound level in order to help pedestrians,                 9 See docket NHTSA–2016–0125–0009 at                for which vehicles must meet minimum
                                                especially those with impaired eyesight,                www.regulations.gov.                                  sound pressure level requirements. The
                                                to detect those vehicles.                                 10 78 FR 2798.                                      NPRM proposed that vehicles would


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM   26FER1


                                                8186             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                                have to emit sound meeting minimum                      alert sounds that are detectable in                   reconsideration (submitted by the
                                                requirements in eight one-third octave                  various ambient environments.                         January 30, 2017, deadline) from three
                                                bands. In the final rule, hybrid and                       Regarding Sameness, NHTSA revised                  sources: The Auto Alliance in
                                                electric vehicles will instead have to                  the criteria for determining that the                 conjunction with Global Automakers 11
                                                meet a requirement based on sound                       sound produced by two HVs or EVs of                   (Alliance/Global); Nissan North
                                                level in either two or four one-third                   the same make, model, and model year                  America, Inc.12 (Nissan); and American
                                                octave bands at the vehicle                             is the same. The agency determined that               Honda Motor Company, Inc.13 (Honda).
                                                manufacturer’s option, and a vehicle                    the NPRM requirement for the sound                    Alliance/Global 14 also submitted a
                                                may alternate between meeting the 2-                    produced by two specimen vehicles to                  supplemental letter in support of their
                                                band and 4-band specifications                          be within three dB(A) in every one-third              petition. In addition, General Motors
                                                depending on test speed. Vehicles                       octave band between 315 Hz and 5000                   Corp, Inc., submitted a letter providing
                                                complying with the 4-band option must                   Hz was technically not feasible. The                  support on one of the issues raised by
                                                meet minimum sound pressure levels in                   final rule instead requires that HVs and              Alliance/Global and Honda. (The GM
                                                any four non-adjacent one-third octave                  EVs of the same make, model, and                      letter contained proprietary information,
                                                bands between 315 Hz and 5000 Hz,                       model year emit the same sound by                     so it has not been released to the
                                                including the one-third octave bands                    specifying that those vehicles use the                docket.)
                                                between 630 Hz and 1600 Hz (these                       same alert system hardware and                           These petitions requested several
                                                bands were excluded in the NPRM).                       software, including specific items such               changes covering several aspects of the
                                                Vehicles complying with the 2-band                      as the same digital sound file to produce             final rule. NHTSA identified the
                                                option must meet minimum sound                          sound used to meet the minimum sound                  following six discrete requests for
                                                pressure levels in two non-adjacent one-                requirements. The final rule listed                   changes to specific requirements (listed
                                                third octave bands between 315 Hz and                   several other criteria including part                 here in the approximate order they
                                                3150 Hz, with one band below 1000 Hz                    numbers of alert system components                    appear in the Alliance/Global, Honda,
                                                and the other band at or above 1000 Hz.                 that may be evaluated to verify                       and Nissan petitions):
                                                The two bands used to meet the 2-band                   compliance with the Sameness                             1. To delay by one year both the
                                                option also must meet a minimum band                    requirement.                                          compliance phase-in date and the date
                                                sum level.                                                 The final rule made numerous                       by which all vehicle production must
                                                                                                        improvements to the proposed test                     comply with the rule (section S9);
                                                   Under the 4-band compliance option,
                                                                                                        procedures in response to comments                       2. To consolidate the compliance
                                                the minimum sound levels for each
                                                                                                        that were received on the NPRM.                       criteria for the Sameness requirement
                                                band are slightly lower than the values                    With regard to the phase-in schedule
                                                proposed in the NPRM, and the overall                                                                         (section S5.5.2) to include only the
                                                                                                        for the safety standard, the NPRM                     digital sound file and digital processing
                                                sound pressure of sounds meeting the 4-                 proposed a phase-in schedule for
                                                band option will be similar to those                                                                          algorithm;
                                                                                                        manufacturers of HVs and EVs, with 30                    3. To modify the Sameness
                                                meeting the proposed eight-band                         percent of the HVs and EVs they
                                                requirements in the NPRM. Under the 2-                                                                        requirement (S5.5.1) to allow alert
                                                                                                        produce required to comply three years                sounds to vary by trim level or model
                                                band compliance option, the minimum                     before the date for full compliance
                                                sound requirements for each band are                                                                          series rather than just by make/model;
                                                                                                        established in the PSEA, 60 percent                      4. To modify section S8, which
                                                lower than those of the proposed eight-                 required to comply two years before the
                                                band requirements for the low and mid                                                                         prohibits altering the factory-equipped
                                                                                                        full-compliance date, and 90 percent                  alert sound, so as not to impede vehicle
                                                frequency bands (315 Hz through 3,150                   required to comply one year before the
                                                Hz; the 4,000 Hz and 5,000 Hz bands are                                                                       repairs when components of the alert
                                                                                                        full-compliance date. To respond to                   system are shared with other vehicle
                                                not included for the purpose of                         comments on that proposal, the final
                                                determining compliance with the 2-                                                                            systems;
                                                                                                        rule simplified the phase-in schedule by                 5. To lower the crossover speed from
                                                band requirement.) Neither the 4-band                   shortening it to include a single year of
                                                compliance option nor the 2-band                                                                              30 km/h (18.6 mph) to 20 km/h (12.4
                                                                                                        phase-in, rather than three years. This               mph);
                                                compliance option include                               simplification provides somewhat more                    6. To modify the Sameness
                                                requirements for tones or broadband                     lead-time and responds to vehicle                     requirement so that a vehicle can be
                                                content that were contained in the                      manufacturers’ comments that the                      equipped with a suite of up to five
                                                NPRM.                                                   proposed phase-in was unnecessarily                   driver-selectable alert sounds.
                                                   For both the 2-band and 4-band                       complex.                                                 In addition to these specific requests
                                                compliance options, the final rule                         Under the final rule, half of each                 for amendments to the final rule, some
                                                expands the range of acceptable one-                    manufacturer’s HV and EV production                   of the petitions included requests for
                                                third octave bands to include those                     would have been required to comply                    technical clarifications. Nissan’s
                                                between 630 Hz and 1600 Hz (these                       with the final rule by September 1,                   submission included two such requests,
                                                bands were excluded in the NPRM). It                    2018, and 100 percent by September 1,                 one concerning the minimum sound
                                                also reflects an across-the-board                       2019. The phase-in does not apply to                  levels for 2-band and 4-band
                                                reduction in the minimum levels of 4                    multi-stage and small volume                          specifications, and the other regarding
                                                dB(A) to account for measurement                        manufacturers; all of their HV and EV                 allowing adjacent bands for compliance.
                                                variability which the agency’s                          production would have been required to                Similarly, Honda’s submission pointed
                                                development of test procedures                          comply with the final rule by September               out a few technical clarifications they
                                                indicated was needed.                                   1, 2019.                                              believe are needed, involving the
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                   Reducing the number and minimum                                                                            intended use of 2-band and 4-band
                                                levels of required one-third octave                     III. Petitions for Reconsideration
                                                                                                        Received by NHTSA                                     compliance options, the correct method
                                                bands while expanding the number of
                                                useable bands in the final rule provided                   In response to the published final rule              11 See docket NHTSA–2016–0125–0012.
                                                additional flexibility to manufacturers                 on Minimum Sound Requirements for                       12 See docket NHTSA–2016–0125–0013.
                                                for designing pedestrian alert systems                  Hybrid and Electric Vehicles, NHTSA                     13 See docket NHTSA–2016–0125–0014.

                                                while preserving the goal of pedestrian                 received timely petitions for                           14 See docket NHTSA–2016–0125–0016.




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM     26FER1


                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 38 / Monday, February 26, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                 8187

                                                of data selection and calculation for                    phase-in schedule. This letter stated,                preferable because of the better stability
                                                certain steps in the sound evaluation                    ‘‘While GM supports NHTSA’s effort to                 and the efficiency of indoor sound
                                                process, and the option of using indoor                  create minimum sound requirements for                 measurements, and also because, from a
                                                testing.                                                 electric and hybrid vehicles, the final               harmonization standpoint, that would
                                                   Lastly, NHTSA received one                            rule contains a number of additional                  better align the safety standard with UN
                                                additional docket comment, from                          technical challenges that will require                Regulation No. 138 which permits
                                                PublicResourse.org,15 that the agency                    substantial redesigns to GM’s existing                indoor measurements.
                                                has decided to address in this                           systems.’’ GM’s letter also stated, ‘‘The
                                                document. This comment was in regard                     twenty-month phase-in provided by the                 C. Nissan Petition for Reconsideration
                                                to the availability to the public of                     final rule is far less than the normal                  Nissan submitted a cover letter and
                                                technical reference documents,                           timing required to develop, validate,
                                                                                                                                                               technical slides in which they requested
                                                specifically several industry standards                  and certify new systems.’’ GM cited the
                                                from SAE, ISO, and ANSI, that were                                                                             that NHTSA reconsider its decision in
                                                                                                         final rule’s volume shift requirement,
                                                incorporated by reference in the final                                                                         the final rule on the crossover speed,
                                                                                                         different frequency range, and several
                                                rule. This docket submission in                                                                                which the agency set at 30 km/h (18.6
                                                                                                         design changes that will be needed in
                                                discussed in more detail below.                          the sound generating systems that GM                  mph). Nissan stated that they believe
                                                                                                         already has been installing in its electric           the crossover speed should be set at 20
                                                A. Alliance/Global Petition for                                                                                km/h, and cited a previous comment 16
                                                Reconsideration and Letters of Support                   and hybrid production vehicles. The
                                                                                                         GM letter cited specific hardware                     that Nissan had submitted to the docket
                                                   The Alliance/Global petition                          changes, upgrades, and replacements                   in May 2014 in response to the agency’s
                                                addressed requirements for: Compliance                   that their current alert systems need to              NPRM and which summarized a JASIC
                                                phase-in schedule; equipping HVs and                     be compliant with FMVSS No. 141.                      study related to crossover speed. Nissan
                                                EVs with driver-selectable sounds;                          Most recently, on August 4, 2017, the              stated that NHTSA did not address this
                                                applying Sameness to each ‘‘trim level’’                 Alliance of Automobile Manufacturers                  comment in the final rule.
                                                rather than each model; limiting the                     (the Alliance), the Association of Global               Nissan’s petition also raised two
                                                Sameness compliance criteria to the                      Automakers (Global) and the National                  technical issues. The first was a request
                                                digital sound file and digital algorithm;                Federation of the Blind (NFB) wrote the               that NHTSA allow the use of adjacent
                                                and removing any prohibition on                          Deputy Secretary of the Department of                 instead of only non-adjacent one-third
                                                altering vehicle components that may be                  Transportation requesting that the                    octave bands for compliance. The
                                                shared between the alert system and                      December 2016 final rule be permitted                 second issue was a request to set the
                                                other vehicle systems.                                   to come into effect on September 5,                   minimum band sum requirements for
                                                   Regarding the phase-in schedule, in                   2017. The letter also requested that by               the 2-band compliance option to be
                                                addition to discussing design and                        September 5, 2017, NHTSA amend the                    equal to the minimum overall SPLs for
                                                manufacturing considerations that                        compliance date of the December 2016                  the 4-band compliance option. Although
                                                would make the final rule schedule                       final rule to delay the phase-in and full             these two issues raised by Nissan ask
                                                unfeasible, Alliance/Global’s petition                   compliance dates by one year and by                   the agency to reconsider specific
                                                pointed out that NHTSA’s interpretation                  November 6, 2017, respond to the                      requirements of the final rule and
                                                of the PSEA language regarding                           remaining technical issues in the                     request specific changes, we believe
                                                compliance dates appeared to have                        pending petitions for reconsideration.                these two issues were addressed in the
                                                changed between the NPRM and the                                                                               discussion of NHTSA’s acoustic
                                                final rule. The petition argued that the                 B. Honda Petition for Reconsideration
                                                                                                                                                               research in the final rule preamble.
                                                earlier interpretation was the correct                      Honda’s petition included two
                                                                                                                                                               Thus, we have decided it is appropriate
                                                one and that, under that interpretation,                 specific petition requests, one regarding
                                                                                                                                                               to treat these issues as technical
                                                the agency is required to provide an                     the phase-in schedule, and the other
                                                                                                                                                               clarifications.
                                                additional year of lead-time before full                 regarding allowance for alert sounds to
                                                compliance is required.                                  vary from vehicle to vehicle according                D. Other Issues
                                                   Alliance/Global submitted a                           to model ‘‘series’’ as well as make,
                                                supplementary letter which provided                      model, and model year. The remainder                     A comment from Publicresource.org
                                                further detail on the phase-in schedule                  of Honda’s submission was concerned                   expressed concern with public
                                                and the issue of driver-selectable                       with technical clarifications and                     availability of technical documents that
                                                sounds. On the phase-in, the                             comments on the rule. Honda asked if                  were incorporated by reference into the
                                                supplemental submission discussed                        it is acceptable under the 2-band and 4-              final rule. The documents in question
                                                specific final rule requirements that had                band compliance specifications for a                  are industry technical standards
                                                changed since the NPRM. It also noted                    vehicle to switch back and forth                      including an SAE recommended
                                                several areas where the final rule is                    between the two specifications at the                 practice (in two versions), an ISO
                                                different from the UN Regulation No.                     different speed conditions of the test                standard (in three versions), and an
                                                138. In their supplementary submission,                  procedure. Honda also asked NHTSA to                  ANSI standard. Publicresource.org
                                                Alliance/Global also indicated that, if a                clarify section S7.1.6(e)(i) of the test              stated that various parties such as
                                                set of driver-selectable sounds was                      procedure, noting that there could be a               consumer protection groups, small
                                                permitted, manufacturers would limit                     conflict when choosing the two highest                manufacturers, hobbyists, and students
                                                the number to no more than five                          band levels while also choosing only                  would not have adequate access to these
                                                different sounds per make, model,                        non-adjacent bands for the compliance                 reference documents. Publicresource.org
jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with RULES




                                                model year, and trim level of vehicle.                   evaluation. In addition, Honda asked                  did not specify why that would be the
                                                   A letter in support of the Alliance/                  NHTSA to clarify the calculation                      case, i.e., whether it is due to the cost
                                                Global petition submitted by GM                          method for averaging overall SPLs in                  of the documents when purchased from
                                                (submitted under a request for                           section 7.1.4(c) of the test procedure.               their respective technical organizations,
                                                confidentiality) addressed the issue of                     Lastly, Honda stated that indoor                   or some other reason.
                                                                                                         testing should be optional for FMVSS
                                                  15 See   docket NHTSA–2016–0125–0004.                  No. 141 compliance evaluations and is                   16 See   docket NHTSA–2011–0148–0326.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014    14:55 Feb 23, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\26FER1.SGM     26FER1



Document Created: 2017-12-29 23:38:29
Document Modified: 2017-12-29 23:38:29
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionRules and Regulations
ActionFinal rule.
DatesEffective February 1, 2018, except for Sec. 25.136, which contain information collection requirements that are not effective until approved by the Office of Management and Budget. The Commission will publish a document in the Federal Register announcing the effective date for the section. Changes to the secondary market threshold for millimeter wave spectrum, detailed in SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION, apply as of January 2, 2018.
ContactJohn Schauble of the Wireless Telecommunications Bureau, Broadband Division, at (202) 418-0797 or [email protected], Michael Ha of the Office of Engineering and Technology, Policy and Rules Division, at 202-418-2099 or [email protected], or Jose Albuquerque of the International Bureau, Satellite Division, at 202-418-2288 or [email protected] For information regarding the PRA information collection requirements contained in this PRA, contact Cathy Williams, Office of Managing Director, at (202) 418-2918 or [email protected]
FR Citation83 FR 37 
CFR Citation47 CFR 101
47 CFR 15
47 CFR 1
47 CFR 2
47 CFR 25
47 CFR 30
CFR AssociatedCommunications Common Carriers; Communications Equipment and Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements

2024 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR